Home

Hospira-Plum-XL-Service-Manual-EPS-00587-008

Contents

1. s S JUHC OU SHEET 1 1 o e 3 JUHC OU SHEET 1 MOTPHAS2 gt A UT C 13 1000 1000 1880 16V 16V 16V mum cdd em gt 1 JB 2 gt 29 2 i vot 2 PLUNGMOT1 2 OMOTI 2 5 0 1 74088 T 7 6 T4HCOB 1 gt 6 74HCOB T gt Js 6 2 12 11 3 1 Qu 1 Q8 r 11 1 812 p j U2A tk s 128 le E 4 U50 Wis wtogoss 1 5818 I MTD3955 DO NAM VH MTD3055 15813 7 PLUNGHOT sg u 7uHC98 E gt J8 4 7uHC88 us y 1 d CRU N M 1 M CR12 3 AN1 RN2 RN3 U3R 038 USA FOU e dal ES 7 Us 7 7 11
2. DIG VDIG up m uj oc PULL UP RESISTORS PULL UP RESISTORS az d PU 13 1 1 gh PU RNS 8 D ES S S S 9 20K TOT T PU 18 8 5 110 8 J9 6 1317 11015 Jo Ju 18 5 J7 J3 J9 Ju J2 J8 J6 pjRNu U RNG pug BUSS HKOC BUSS X 00cm 2 1 s i Pu 1 BKDC ES 13 12 BS SPSTIN SPSTIN SPSTIN gt PU 18 amp m x a Jl A PULL DOWN RESISTORS V AVDIG CRIS i CR27 INL 148 s 1NU1U8 Pu 2 GANA D FS 35915 Di odds AUDI CRIS CR20 d 5 a w C104 19 NET J3 11 a INULUB INGIUB ae al h VMDT VMOT 8 14 o cau nd sad B buc ed GMOT GMOT E
3. 7 0 SHEET 1 1 USF 7 SHEET 1 2 114 2 USR A C12 C13 Clu 5 1000 1000 1000 e O Ei 16V 16V 16V VMOT gt 2 2 gt 29 2 cis v MOT 100V 4 7uHC88 gt 7 6 7 _ J8 6 7uHC88 gt 29 56 2 Qu k 6 08 ie 11 T 012 tn n n EE k 7 kH 131050 CET 055 5818 MTD3055 145813 MTD3855 INS SPS 3 PLUNGMOT2 3 10M0T2 3 PSMOT2 7uHC88 t gt 47 T gt J8 u 7 gt J8 u 1 fit 03 CRU 4 T ds CR8 S CR12 bs 2k ES ia 2k E um 2K FUSE ile PES spi 5 T PLUNGMOT3 T 10M013 T PSMOT3 5 u 5 u 5 u 7 1 2 7 47 5 7uHC88 3 I 2 7 gt 8 5 7 3 I 2 1 gt J8 5 12 T um CR2 3 da CRG 2 4 ME Naia CR10 U3D 3 H3 100K 333 13 YE 100K 333 q um 100K 25 1 K PLUNGMOTU 7uHC88 t L gt J7 3 puo T gt 9 3 7uHC88 repel gt 1
4. HKDC T FHKDC zh oc 858 A SHEET1 gt e 5 12 5 818 8 2 0 CRRBON 4 7 1 44 859 35 gt BATT u 75K mug BRTT BALI 22858 BLK l 22 5V i LM338 5 R63 2 UR CR17 3 VDIG 60 Fe 5V 5 2 49K R66 R69 eae 96 838 C30 1 1 1 3 100 ENUIG 2683 BBN us 108 5 180 4 7 us CRRBON gt 2 save E 2 107 7 2 2N7000 R20 BATE 1 2 5V 100K C32 de BATE u 15 180p 9 1 Cee 2 ns R67 100v R62 NEU 7 BAT 010 n R33 A oan RAWGND PN2222 SHEETI gt PA 1 8 1 IN Y 100 5 wt Locumo P48 V 2 Sr 2 1 44 100 INU L48 VDIG BU CHRG OFF R19 BUSS Ju 12 gt 4 3 100 INulu8 nad 10K R50 LOCHG REQ jy BATT Y 200K R51 6 1 LMS AER out 5 BUSS R2u 5 LK 633 u BATT gt LN339 T gt 1 200K R54 uh 07 2 5V 8 C28 ve Rel 5 RUS 7 OPTO_C 10K 200K a SHEETI 8 17 45 3K 8 1 U8 Biyo m 4 gt 5 Res F2 5V A R52 R55 us zezak 78 7K LM338 gt
5. E107 U21 Xx u21 21 10 T T 30 NSPSTIN i BUZTST agg E56 EAT 7 284 _ _ CR23 U21 PROX RIR EN 1 eso 284 1 a LSI 4 assur ES 8 al 5 500 4 d 931 23 DIG 2181 PIEZOSPEAKER n Ql CR24 U212 CR25 iz PWRHOLD 1 22 ay 506 BIEN m B 1N4148W 1N4148W 50 S SS aN CR21 2 r gA 2 BUZZER HI 6 51g Qi E IN4148W 8 ove 26 249 E57 U21 amp CR2 BUZZER E Ji qed B S ue 1N4148W 1N4148W MEER 219 _ E123 NKS 1 E96 SOIC 50 17184 17184 us gua SEND m cm i 1 R29 1x gt iK i 1 2 2 pg ud 2 ta a 2 550 BACK UP POWER FOR RLS LN4148W 12188 2 ESO f 1 5 i RAD AUDIO ALARM CR17 2 2B4 285 S 21 NOE in 4586 1941484 50 29194 4 7 UF CR27 CR28 L 2 Y bi 120 Dems NOTE NURSE CALL VERSION ONLY TIAE QU E as N i seme mte 4 o2 EE LMC6772BIM Hit 5 SUPER C
6. Technical Service Manual _ m 1 BUSS pu J26 1 BATT E RED CN J 858 AFHKoc m gt FE oc 2 1 e g 12 57 818 8V 2 0 RH CARBON 1 44 R59 BATT 4 75K TP8 RUB u BRTT p 1 BATT 6 BLK ss 5v LOK Meet R63 A u7A CR17 R60 F2a 5V ass gt 866 R69 R65 1 1 Q6 m e e e 4 211 PVDIG 26 3 ORN C30_1 100 57 100 1K 3 108 HEATSINK 10 3 CRRBON 257 09 08 BAT2 Je6 u GRN LM385BZ VM R32 2N7000 5204 BRT2 lt 2 5V T 475 c32 R53 BAT2 C22 100K Ju 15 100p 0 1 As R67 R62 Qe 1 RAWGND g BAT2 018 Ion jp 2222 LY v PHRDC gt Ju 1 slo IN 100 57 Locumo PHO 2 V CARBON 1 44 100 INu1U8 VDIG CHRG OFF R19 eu 8085 3 100 INULUS R49 LOK R50 LOCHG_REQ R28 3M JU 4 BRTT gt 200K R51 8 17 15588 iy 3 BUSS Hes 2 1K C33 AFHKOC BATT mE LM339 our 200K SE 854 Hac F2 5V gt e 2 5 5 RUS C28 gt R21 45 _ 9 17 us 3K 18K 200K e SHEETI 8 1 47
7. Avors 51 LCD PRNEL M 28 MCLUSOOOFN 33 U2 20 L comua INDICATOR A BUS HB 5 COMBA 21 LEDI __ 21 uh gt z com HLMP3962 LCD_CLK EPIS EB CLK 2 1B 18 26 H OSCIN FP 1B 3 5 5 5 LEDRUN RI fv L NCI EBS 4 Si EBS jdn BAS zs 10K 2222 TP TP 3 s5 FBTO CR3 R7 5 EPII R2 3 1 RS vA js PN occ 8 28 FP 1 LOK o gt AAA g FSOOULYS 20K N MMBT2222 M UIT R20 R8 2 5015 27 25 24 332 C14 jgek LED BRCKLITE E 39 NEL GDIG Venice VGDIG GDIG VDIG 22 18 TXD A 26 25 21 28 vppZ Z 42 28 22 CEKO v c 2 E13 N B 1 EPSLS g EPIS VDIDA d E gt n i j S S 5 2 S 5 E dg NEG te 7 7 1 7 7 1 NES us SIE cu C5 C6 C7 C8 Cg C13 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 92 11 17 EPHE 21 pj SU NCB 018 Te 22 2107 2107 T 187 187 107 187 107 107 107 54 NCS FPil FP2
8. F2 C35 C37 NEUT 220pF ugov 220pF 417 1 j H D UL 5UuU IEC 601 ISOLATION BARRIER T500mA 250V 144007 eT Iei EINE CHOKE R70 ACI Spe teste edis See eae 150 Seay Ce IM Fl SZ e e f i 258v 3 90 1 44 Y TONER L CARBON aca 44 57 Ree CARBON o e al 2 suievauugan 1 3 4 178 Sz i LINE Fl El R7u 1316 1 Nu pct 2 oe 12 877 T500mA 250V 220pF Li 1 Q11 pP RUG e T 330uH 220 BUZB8OR H J18 1 GND 250 5 OON 144937 YS 1 44 CR11 BUSS 5 i 1195 e e gt 22815 3 MUR81D SHEET2 L 1N52528 i HEATSINK 24v gt iNS2u2B 12 PRI CLRMP S SEC ete SSS SS S s SS sie LLL Ss e CONNECTION TO QL HEATSINK 4 220 25V i is 6 u r 7 Ced CIB i R3 08K LS lo ssa CRI 57 1 44 CR16 1000 1808 1000 YY iNs2u28 SN 4 CARBON 25 25V 25v ea c34 e m un Tm INULUS R76 T s T R6 188 Q 01 i m Sos our E Tales MTP3N50 Eee
9. Technical Service Manual TPG Fu BRTT Fe J26 1 BUSS 1 BUSS ae BATT gt RED ig SA FHKOC oc 4 1 ASB A 8V 2 0 RH 12 57 R18 CARBON R59 79K gt BATT 1 44 R48 J26 mr 75K o TP8 BATT N 4 BRTT 5 5 BLK 152 LOK A E R63 T 2 vm L 9Fa 5V U R Q6 RGO 5 2 49K 866 R69 I Jke BUZ11 R38 PVDIG J26 3 ORN 3 100 HEATSINK 190 5 100 1K 3 75K 5 diis CRRBON 08 BRT2 J26 u GRN Pu US 1 44 R31 832 ene R20 BRT2 cama de 2n 1 475 y imd s 100K R53 E25 100K gt Ju 15 100p 0 1 pulse R67 9 1 E TP1 HKDC 7 BAT 010 A R71 RRNGND PN2222 i PHRDC 8 1 IN 100 57 MOT Locumo PHO 2 V CARBON VDIG 100 14148 A 8uss CHRG OFF R19 eiu BUSS 3 R49 100 INY LUS LOK R50 LOCHG REO jy 1M BATT gt 200K 851 0 17 T Ug B 9 m BUSS C33 LN339 T gt 8 1 200K FHKDC F2 5V gt 8 R27 826 2 5V We 5 RUS uc 821 _ uu 18K 200K s SHEET 47 45 8 1 75 825 852 855 3 us y T VEKER 78 7K eS puu cag 22 7 59K RUS BAT2 gt F2 5V gt 475 0 1 LM338 m U7B V 4700p LO
10. 50 2 D e 1 gt 286 286 4 E 4 2 5 PLUNG i 2 9B7 m ES 2B5 9B g W IO POS n COM_A4 u Jo Elaa d _ d PS POS se NUN COM R3 10 pc7 ROTA 3c 11 12 5 poa 13 ROTI 14 15 2 _ 1 2 3 17 04 aT ped gt 18K M PAS gt 17104 COMPWR NCS_UAR 24 UN COMEN 25 pap D 1 26 pal 54 V DIG LOCKOUT2 0 lo 0 0 2 lt em SR Pl 6g RPI E125 lt 10 OK lt 10K i 1 qn a S o f 1 F 1 riz l NPBSWUP 3 NPBSWTIT sci 1 1 PBSWBP sc e 54 1 NPBSWSIL sci 1 3c1 ac DIG 362 2 DSPSTIN sci nof OCKOUT I 2 145 3 J3 RBS 4 NRST 4C SC eC 707 SC SPSTIN 1885 2ca 1ace ao LTC6S4 4 1 8 E PFL 4 DIG NSTROSE HOSPIRA INC J19 Lge STIN 1286 Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic 1441484 with DataPort NC DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 001 Sheet 2 of 18 Technical Service Manual 9 49 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 50 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual
11. LINE FA ESRDE is 16 1 aw 9 9 UL 544 ISOLATION BARRIER 500mA SB Ti 1 4004 s LINE CHOKE L E1 9 C2 5 CARBON __ 040 4 wee 4 1 250V xe o T 220 CR2 EERSBEHES S 250v 1 17 1 6 gt OTP5 ERG 500m8 SB 1 Aus ne I BOR 3h 194937 CR11 GREEN___EA RTH_GND R3 2 pia o P BUSS SHEET2 a A MUR810 CARBON HEATSINK o 2 1 11 10 152428 Cu Loy 9 9 Te PRI CLAMP SEC pau 220 25 9 7 662 69027 001 o n o XCRI5 8 4 7 oO TY ins2uze NS 25 25 Kum 6016 2 amp mS CONNECTION TO T bL 172 57 EMI SHIELD C8 RG 8 e ME panca 12 5 HERTSINK 5 C10 9 1 DC x 100V 1 259 8 t U2 13 na RAWGND NC Pe 9 9 9 y SHEET2 Ru LOK CR3 R7 27 UK R8 1NU937 9 SHEET2 y oe i 1 lenn 3 1 35 ws 22 100 R61 5 e us 9 jenn INULUB 168 unas 1 M e css Ho C19 S lt GNO 2 KY 0 1 7 2 PA N 2 u cris C11 bees 4700 cs 107 70 9 OPTO C 57 7 CG ics 2 y E M 6121 Je CR10 T m e um ZY iNs2u2B b p 107 12 o
12. HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 6 Rear Enclosure Assembly omestic DRAWING NO NOT APPLICABLE 04K04005 Technical Service Manual 9 19 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 20 Plum XL Series HOSPIRA INC ar Enclosu re Assembly ional 04K04006 DRAWING NO Rev N A NOT APPLICABLE Technical Service Manual 9 21 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 22 Plum XL Series HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 8 Rear Encl with DataP osure Assembly ort Domestic Rev N A DRAWING NO NOT APPLICABLE Sheet 1 of 1 04K04003 Technical Service Manual 9 23 430 00587 008 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 24 Plum XL Series 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 26 Plum XL Series lt 2 embly Ass LifeCare XLM with DataPort Figure 9 10 Rear Enclosure Sheet 1 of 1 DRAWING NO NOT APPLICABLE 04K01033 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05
13. 7 gt gt 5 gt TID D D D lt 4 gt lt 3 gt 525 OOO GJ nc CJ NU v v ISI SA DIDIDIDID IDIDID DDD NIAN NINI JINX ROSA dr ud Al WR R RST NSCK KR PSENS _ DIG v BK CIBA EDRUN TN HSENSEN 2ga PROX_AIR HSENSEN zc PWRHOLD c EN PROX_ATR_EN LEDRUN zc BKL TON CHRG_OF F L OCHE PS UPL JE NSCK DIG NAR ALE PMBT 22220 21 u 2ARHOL D LOCHRG 2 0 2 8 24 11 e BA CHRG OFF NPROX_ATR UMOT NDIST_AIR HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 001 Sheet 1 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 48 Plum XL Series 50
14. 286808987 286808987 5 AD 286808987 5 Y 286808987 RDX4 2B68C89A7 20652 2B68C8907 RIKE 2B68C8907 2B68C89AT 90 lt 8 gt 286987 A 286987 20 lt 102 286987 10K 10K 10K R R64 AD lt TT gt 2869B7 1 4 ma 285987 1595 PLUNG POSsCI 11 1 A x ST 266381 1508 IO POSsci bd NE 54 E124 Ll pte QUA EMT CST SUE AS COM 84 mM OOOO ae 3 205 e ananassa T Lio A RUE 60 NPBSWPS p 15 0 sci 50 59 NPBSWDN 258 12 5 2 58 NPESWUF zp5 1 PCA 57 NPBSWTIT 85 iol sci 14 PCz PDA 56 585 J 2 0 15 PC2 015 PDS 55 NPBSWSIL 16 PCI PSD412 54 DHKDC 3B59C7 ROT sci 7 PCO PD7 _ gt 3 DSPSTIN 385967 150 29 R89 AI 280 50 BATZ 1086 T lici T P PLUNG_PUS 506 LOK LOK 100K MR 22 PB2 48 IO POS 506 1710W 1710W COMPWE 23 P684 27 PS PUS 1 1 NUS 09 24 PA3 25 RUTU 566 CUMEN 25 PB5L 45 ROTT 5 6 26 44 ROTZ 506 E m LOCKOUT2 s Q 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ote S a e 2 RP RP RP PEBBLES 5 TOK LOCHRG_REQ _ 1086 PBSWPS l 5 5 52 je 3 m 285888907 284 58440 7527607 70 7907 156 5 PBSWDNszc ALE 2A39C7 2458489 7 5 D 156 BSWUP sc 150 4 PBSWIIdc J30 PBSWBP sc iW 1 10W jio
15. C35 C37 i NEUT AF 108PF UGOV 108PF UBOV Rs i 17 1 M 121 UL 5UU IEC G6801 ISOLATION BARRIER 500 250V 3 144007 T a LINE CHOKE VR1 e m 1 i 420V AA A ce LM R1 i D 9 1 D E 3 9 250 oO 1 44 Y Y CRRBON AW 5 l Ree CARBON 1 2 suievouugen 1 i LINEAFI JIG 1 e D 2 TPS CR12 Vio tone L1 CS RUG 811 R77 uoo 228UF lt LM BUZ80A t CARBON 012 3 1NU937 1K GND r 1 44 PN2222 CoL BUSS 1218 1 2 1195 SHEET2 KERIS 3 MURBIO 7 1452528 T HEATSINK Z SSSSN Cu PRI T i 12V 09 CONNECTION TO Md An i 228 25V 857 i CR3 18 j 5k 1Nu937 6 H 7 8 2 03 C39 5 12 Di 0004 4 57 1 4 1000 1888 1000 Ti CARBON SP 25 2sv 25v JN iN52428 cc Oluf c34 R76 d 9 1 RG 188 AEN 81 i 85V We 187 22 5 our H MTP3NSO m NZ i 470 57 NH HERTSINK RRNGND 8 CARBON 3 H 1 257 1 44 LI R5 i U2 we 10K be PANGND _ 1 LJ D SHEET2 y e MC3u129 RE i R7 C8 Ru 19 tmn rap 3 475 11 CRS 100 R61 p
16. p C a NOTES 1 UNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED ALL R S IN OHMS 17 ALL C S IN uF 207 50V 4 HOSPIRA INC 2 J26 PINS 3 AND ARE SHORTED AT BATTERY 5 CONNECTOR WHEN Figure 9 25 Power Supply PWA Schematic USING PANASONIC BATTERY WEM Domestic Ja PROVISIONRL DRAWING NO 249 05920 002 Sheet 1 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 117 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 118 Plum XL Series BUSS n ve Y Ru p RED J26 1 BUSS BUSS BATT E SHEET gt sf FHKDC zA yy 5C 2 L oe R18 2 0 RH CRRBON 859 75K gt BATT 75 TP8 BATT u BATT BLK 10K 863 2 5 MES au Sm R65 VDIG 1 2 Fe SV an 2 USK 866 859 Sii R38 pvprg ORN J26 3 c30 l I 100 57 lD IK I 199 H ne 75K gt 2 GRAN J26 25 R31 R32 LR Rogo BRT2 Es 107 38582 2 5V 175 s 1 100K 100K R53 C3
17. 96B03023 Figure 5 5 Distal Occlusion Test Setup Technical Service Manual 5 11 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 2 14 DELIVERY ACCURACY TEST Note Accuracy testing is for informational purposes only and is not to be used as a re release test If there is any concern as to infusion system accuracy return the infusion system to Hospira Technical Support Operations CAUTION Do not remove the protective cover from the butterfly needle To perform the delivery accuracy test proceed as follows 1 ON Ao 11 12 5 2 15 Attach 18 gauge cannula 21 gauge needle to the distal end of the tubing Verify the fluid container is 18 to 24 inches 46 to 60 cm above the cassette pumping chamber Verify all lines are unclamped Prime the tubing Verify no air is in the tubing Place cannula or needle in a 25 mL graduated cylinder Turn the control knob to SET RATE and set the primary rate to 400 mL hr Press PRI SEC to display SECONDARY and set the secondary rate to 400 mL hr Turn the control knob to SET VTBI and press PRI SEC to display PRIMARY Set the primary volume to 10 mL Press PRI SEC to display SECONDARY and set the secondary volume to 10 mL Turn the control knob to CLEAR VOL to clear previous value Verify four beeps sound Assure the graduated cylinder is dry 10 Turn the control knob to RUN t
18. V COMGND HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO 249 05701 001 Rev C Sheet 9 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 64 Plum XL Series 5SV 20 75 _ 266407 15 11 2 5 _ 266987 ij 15 EE EE CLK 2 E JS ZA 246 R87 5 J5 NATR_OPT 1 2 NFATR_OPT 2C69C7 1 Jou 204555 15618 DISTPRES QS 5 FDISTPRES 2C69C7 EE_CS So 5 kai R101 18 PROXPRES IW 1 2 FPROXPRES 2C69C7 i 2BgEE CS J5 ANN 1 28228 PSENSEN N 1 You e N c37 lea 5 c36 Xon 001UF OOLUF O01UF 0010 50V 50V sov SOV Y E d R61 l 2 9 NYY Aww NI N 5 i C21 C22 aS LURE 5 16 J V apt 08 V 5 AVDD pp STOP MOT 2ps FPROXPRES 44 7 284 BKLTON 22 ds R79 206 45 JANG ae DIVVDIG 206 2 6 NFRIR OFT 42 ANS E113 LEDRUN 1 18 289 FBUZTST 70
19. SPRRES VDIG PULL UP RESISTORS g 74HC32 2 1 VDIG I I 12 JUHCOU 8 A S 5 5 5 3 5 ES 9 VDIG ll mc juec 8 Wc A is Rc 19 ca c3 cu cs c7 VDIG J2 2 5 4 qp HH Ese TN 5 5 3 2 8 1 0 1 8 1 89 1 98 1 89 1 9 1 J 80 1 C15 4105 n 1 4 4 n n 45 ue de a T de ug 4 4 8 5 8 J2 21320010 207 gt al GDIG Wh D b x ROTARY SWITCH AYPIG HRLL EFFECT 28 voo 45000 LCD PRNEL EL PRNEL iL SENSORS u2 BP1 29 comu 1 e2 19 26 Ul ELI C16 RUN 13 I 015 VC gur s RATE INDICRTOR TXD 21 oatarn 8 1 27 m _ 1 l l LEDRUN PI o 3 23 2 9 23 rez X J2 16 2 T m E B 8 xHOLD Look OSCIN FPU 5 a 5 Vh 9 18 LM358 um UGN3113 GND TUHCOU U188R NCL 9 FP7 2 1 2 xCLERR NC2 FP8 FP8 2 LEDI Z 22 NES E 3 TP 7uHCu875 Re HLMP3962 5 epi nas MEE xVTBIT O 74 75 3 GREEN a 5 a 12 16 epi2 12 11 Uu B Ss yss 9 a 5 200K S d X Vh 2u DSPSTIN 27 25 Rea UGN3113 GND 332 3 87 gg T OTP amp OTP amp OTP 1 l 1 p PUMP 83 100K JUHCOU VCC
20. 5 gt 4 gt 5 gt CJ JO WoO 2 gt NNN IA IA IA lt 9 gt lt 8 gt lt 7 gt Iw lt 6 gt lt 5 gt lt 4 gt C UJ JO 02 10 0 lt 2 gt lt 1 gt N WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN N WN N CN tJ UJ 0 0 Pd DQ Bd DQ 54 d T In T T Pd Bd Bd Dd DQ bd Dd Dd 09 FT lt XM m 65 m rm n rmn mt TI OO OOF Eo AOD N Ul NU N PADS NS TROBE 16 pq 5 2C63AS E18 S PSV EN 285286 E22 MOTPHAS2 2B65876B77B7 E23 1 2865C76C77C7 R44 10K 1 10W 1 N DIG E19 py 286707 E20 S MOTIO EN 286607 221 1 MOTPLN EN 286507 Xb R55 R41 R53 10K 10K 10K 1 10WS 1 10WS 1 10M 1 1 1 e NX e DIG 9 79 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 002 Sheet 17 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 80 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual E MON 2 DOW ie CRIA MBRS140T4 2 pr
21. EP43 pg START 26 START CNTROLR CNTRCLR e ll CLR stoze 28 7 FP12 EP44 py GET128 GET128 SEG29 an steso 30 Ep45 pg ENBD 17 ENBD ac LZ n 7 stosi 1 5 rpis 5 QD lg I QC 5 SEG32 12 14 aD P SEG1 NC SEG33 15 Y _ 28 vec d e i QE T ERS 582 SEG2 NC SE634 5 6 QF P SEG3_NC 655 diee j C12 Hm 13 1 4 vec m pus sose 36 5 Ens 0 LUF 0 TUF GH EP SEG5 NC SEG37 FP19 m EP69 a 104 2 Poy NC 5 EP57 amp 12 0 70 5 SEG6 NC sese 38 20 NC Ts 56 amp E QJ 8 EP71 SEG7_NC 2659 75 7 FP21 14 vss NC EP55 m L QK vss EP72 4 5 SEG8_NC SEG40 20 FP22 22 EP54 l a EP73 57 SEG9 NC secai 4 37 23 EP74 l 10_ sEc4o 42 EP75 1 NC SEG43 gt EP76 X SEG12 NC SEG44 FP24 SYCHRONOUS SYNCHRONOUS 76 Ts See ne ha mp co RIPPLE EP78 amp A SEG14 NC sEG4e 46 5 FP26 MACHINE COUNTER 79 _12 SEGI5 NC sEo47 27 4 27 RISING ING EP80 m 15 SEG16 NC sEc4g 48 29 rpoa DCLK CNTRC EP81 pm 11 SE617 NC 3 649 29 rP29 NC 1 32 u EP82 m 19 SEG18 NC sesso 5 gu EP83 2 FP30 58 FP31 Nc 2 34 05 1 30 FP32 osc2 883 S um EP85 oe Ln Ln Ln e 1 C13 FOR ENCORE 1 OUF 20V zT 50V 2 10 2 10 e e HOSPIRA INC
22. R96 d 015 HSENSEN 24 286 N 205 J3 Id ocr ius 57 AN2 2B4PROX_AIR ANN 2 1 2222 D 382 HKDC DIVHKDC _2C6 2D5 57 oNO 1 OK 15 E z 367 2100 1 J OW 2 ES 9p 4 NSTROBE 10 7 18 10K 1 E89 8_ PAG 17 7 28 17104 018 BUZTST x 2 T S 2 FBUZTST H PAS oa 295407 907 lt 1 8 1 18 402 266987 904 RIR 5 12 e YON 964 MOTIO EN5 Ph L LEDRUN 13 Q9 1710 9C 4 MOTPLN_EN 4 I BKLTUN DIG LLL 8 5 904 52 3 12 CHRG oc 4 4 R68 9p 4 MOTPHAS 2 ILARA E DIVVMOT 2C69C7 d due mae LOCHRO 1719 lt gt 55 PD6 u RTOS 2B4 CHRG OFF 12 1 SD E BS pbs gp4PSV_ENI 2 E112 2 201 m km phe 17188 54 015 NPROX_AIR_EN 11915 o sp RD 52 PD2 1 l 22224 k spi ADSI 50 PDI 501 80 59 PDO R69 55 R73 N LAS N T KEN zD 28 PET CO BUZZER 67907 ae 2 m mu Y 11 15 Xn ias 001UF 1 10W Tr 001UF T 301 mper a 292907 ai i 27 4 D 4 50v 1 T Sov 1 50 spi Os 82 21 2D59C7 EH 1719 n ed EIN t i a lt 5 z 4049 7 4 L R72 010 55 21 NSCK 2 5 5 2195 10K 501 AD 52 PF RXD 25 RXDP 247 5 1 104 gt 1 104 3p1 80 oT PFO
23. Remove the DataPort ground cable from the equipotential post If the ground cable is damaged use the 1 4 nutdriver to disconnect the other end by removing the 4 40 self locking nut from the DataPort bracket Replace the ground cable Oo Remove the EMI shield and replace if necessary 7 Using the 3 16 nutdriver remove the two 4 40 lock screws securing the AC receptacle to the rear enclosure 8 Using the 10mm wrench remove the equipotential post Remove the AC receptacle bracket Inspect both for damage and replace if necessary 9 Remove the AC receptacle housing seal inspect for damage and replace if necessary 10 Remove the AC receptacle gasket inspect for damage and replace if necessary 11 Remove the AC receptacle by pulling it away from the rear enclosure 12 Install the replacement AC receptacle 13 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 14 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful AC receptacle bracket gasket seal and equipotential post replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 REAR ENCLOSURE AC RECEPTACLE GASKET AC RECEPTACLE HOUSING SEAL POWER EMI AC RECEPTACLE SUPPLY SHIELD BRACKET PWA 4 40 LOCK SCREW CONNECTOR 2 EQUIPOTENTIAL POST AC RECEPTACLE DATAPORT GROUND CABLE A
24. 17 1 12 N N 0 1 ALEL 50 _ 381 407 507 607 707 907 MOT 25 ANA 2 MODEO WR 42 NDIST aIR EN J5 1 29 INTI RD 3 R106 012 S 5 CENE NES 286 NMI IR EN l PMBT22220 Jig C29 1 XI R50 2i NR LOUF 2 NRD 381 8A89C7 ro L4 OW 15 50V e 1 1 0W 1 159 C34 TAY C17 1 57 1 2 _ 5 L 220PF ANA J3 LOPF DIG 50V Bab s o HN 206 SV7SREF Lannie P NWR 581 88907 DIG 149 17169 lt c25 DIG 5 L 220 5 gt DIG HOSPIRA INC 1 17 R77 R3 V Z 2819C7 LOK INTRPT e Figure pith oe 17104 17 W wi ataPort z 1 payne 2B4 d R52 E105 5 1 220PF e LOK T Rev C 17104 yu DRAWING NO 41 5 P ONS 467 249 05701 002 Sheet 10 of 18 DIG NP S EN 284487907 DIG Technical Service Manual 9 65 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 66 Plum XL Series lt 0 gt
25. L L LI L L L O L Technical Service Manual 7 3 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 7 2 3 RUBBER FOOT PAD REPLACEMENT Recommended tools and materials for this procedure are a 3 8 inch wood chisel or an X acto knife and mild solvent The replacement part for this procedure is Foot Pad Rubber To replace the rubber foot pads refer to Figure 7 1 Bottom View of the Infusion System then proceed as follows 7 8 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power Set the infusion system on its back to access the foot pads Using a 3 8 inch wood chisel or an X acto knife remove the rubber foot pad and scrape the enclosure recess to remove adhesive residue Note Each adhesive backed rubber foot pad is bonded in its recess Do not damage the recess Using a mild solvent clean the enclosure recess Remove the protective backing from the self adhesive surface on the replacement rubber foot pad and bond the foot pad in place After approximately five minutes verify the foot pad is secure Connect the infusion system to AC mains power Replacement of a rubber foot pad is a routine maintenance procedure and no verification procedure is normally required However if the infusion system may have been damaged during this procedure perform the PVT in Section 5 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 4 Plum XL Series
26. 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW This section describes the function and electronic circuitry of each printed wiring assembly PWA in the infusion system Power supply PWA Micro controller unit MCU PWA Display PWA Buzzer PWA Sensor PWA Bubble sensor PWA DL D D Schematic diagrams supporting the operation of infusion system PWAs are in Section 9 Drawings 421 POWER SUPPLY PWA The power supply PWA provides direct current DC power to system circuits and charges the battery see Figure 9 23 Power Supply PWA Schematic XL Domestic Figure 9 25 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM Domestic or Figure 9 27 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort The power supply PWA consists of switcher circuitry voltage regulator circuitry and battery charger circuitry The following sections describe these circuits SWITCHER CIRCUITRY The primary function of the switcher circuitry is to convert alternating current CH AC mains line power to an isolated 11 volts DC VDC Fuses F1 and F2 and 157 variable resistor VR1 provide protection against AC mains line high voltage spikes and excessive input power demands Capacitors C1 and C2 transformer and inductor L1 attenuate the conducted emissions Bridge rectifier 01 resistor and capacitor C3 provide the DC voltage required for switcher circuit Diodes CR1 and CR2 R2 R3 CR4 C4 and C9 provide the supply voltage to the current mode switcher control
27. XTSI 6 RTS CL 0 5 6 1 AAA 1 UUT I T R 43 K k S99 m 2 1 ES te XTAL2 51 14508 COM Az 7 E g 140 2142 C16 R36 R26 L 1 T 2PF 10K 10K COMGND 50V 17105 1 10W 016 22 li _ E _ DIG DIG COM Rl 69 E U 5VISO 78 05 Y COM 13 IN E NI pio 7 3728MHZ ale Cre 8 L R38 10K 5V DIG X comenp Zeiss 285 NWR DIG M NRD 12V COMPWR gt HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 002 Sheet 16 of 18 Technical Service Manual 9 77 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 78 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual 284 DIST BIR EN PR0X B IR EN BUZZER 2B4205 NP S EN NRD 4942B4PS_VALVE 3B 1 2A3 381285 381285 20 x 381 3A42A4 IO p 801 585 STIN 3C13B5 IM ROXPRE 206 205 T 206 AIR_OPT DIVVMOT opg EBUZTS oc DIVHKDC oc DIVVDIG ops 2V BREF Pd Bd Bd B9 Dd 09
28. DISTRL HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 20 Bubble Sensor PWA Schematic DRAWING NO Rev L 249 00536 007 Sheet 2 of 3 Technical Service Manual 9 101 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 102 Plum XL Series FVMOT J22 R26 ae 5V BPSV_ENX DETECTOR 100 1 1 104 R7 R8 2v 10 0K 10 0 1 1 C10 ES 8 TP2 29 B e R27 45V 10 OK 20 OK 4 1 1 R9 10 0K 2 c2 Rey S ec 1 10W 1 10W 1 1710W 1 1 0 1UF SV_R L1 z Ul 50v 1 1 10W 1 1 104 gt R19 R22 0070 94 10 22 0UH 50 R3 4 4 LM358 0 178 10 OK 1 00K 200 TP1 10 1 1 104 1 1 104 R28 4 C21 1 Ci C11 2 5 TUF 17108 0 0047UF 2 5V Lo 1 05 LM358 35V 100V 4 m 50V MMBT 3906 10 10 10 5 1 1 104 RIO 51 100K Eis R17 TP21 i 100 499 R23 C17 OW 74HC4046 1 1 1 108 20 Lo 010 C1 1 10W 1 1 50V TP10 TP6 3 1 1000 1 10W 10 5 m Es cowP PcP l NC R32 TP32 R33 TP33 RIA 11 Pci 2 R31 2 50V 100 D 14 13 10 0 10 121 2 5V 50V SIG 4 15 NE 1 45 3K i 45 5 C16 5 5 Bis Ol 17100 1 1 10W 1 1 104 14 L 1000 1 DEM HP wc g
29. R19 u JMTD3955E MBRS14013 1 AAA pe e HCAS DK G R29 E7 1 gt 0m amp X E45 gt 1 104 27 18 N CR1 HCOZ s Le 13 R27 e u HIMTD3055E 9514013 A AA Lie 2 np 1 26186 I 12 01 lt x m 17104 017 17 lt 10K mh gt LY1OW N JPH SEI 6B7 HOSPIRA Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort 249 05701 001 DRAWING NO Rev Sheet 4 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 54 Plum XL Series 264 NRS 2774 e Ug _ 4 p 6 4 a 5 al amp B 2 sc3 IDIO ER 8 019 NZ N 78 3 1 2 1 2 n 1 J 1 1 R22 17 1022 m 258 17104 a 010 ly E CR4 64 1 2 bd g J e gt fos u 1 Rib LA S M 5 E 17104 38 __ B 019 lx N CRO 8 1 2 L 2 n 1 640 2K 4 1 108 1 10 221 17 2 122K m 5 17104 O J8 mE m in CR5 2 E 1i 1 2 112 2 1 12 2K ul _
30. R2 R16 OT u2 Lk oy 1 68 10K MMBT3906 PROXIMAL Q1 Tao pur ome P 3 SENSOR i T 1 5 INHIBIT zener 15 gc 9 11 87 14 1 d 12 3 01K 3904 7 TP TP x V 96 8 r 8 1 21265 3 xe L S x E R21 825 4700p is L82K 2K SH 421 7 NC EIOS eie 4 DISTAL 2 8 1 J21 2 Bore 5 4 n n 4 4 4 4 SENSOR VP J21 12 1 CR 0041 8 V V 5004148 xPROX RIR EN 3 3 J21 8 4 xDIST RIR EN 921 11 4 507 23 PRCKRGE B E TOP VIE HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 20 Bubble Sensor PWA Schematic DRAWING NO Rev L 249 00536 005 Sheet 1 of 3 Technical Service Manual 9 99 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 100 Plum XL Series J22 e 5 358 R26 xBPSV EN _1 DETECTOR 2 100 1 1 10W R7 Tol 10 OK 1 100 eu RS TP8 TP29 ae 10 OK 20 OK OPEN 5 1 1 R9 10 0K 2 0805 Qn 1
31. 2 NPBSWSIL zc nb R84 J3 3 1 2 DHKDC zci9C7 L nic 25 dh R82 i 1 2 DSPSTIN sc19c7 10W DT 156 1 LOCKOUT 110 145 85 NRS T 2843814C75C76C77D79C7 OK L SPSTIN e710B6 104 1114 HKDC 2681066 72694 vOUT _ i DIG NSTROBE 2 PEO INC R 11 4 15 6 2 SPSTINza710B86 Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic R48 XLM with DataPort IN4148W 110 DRAWING NO Rev 11098 NC 41 Te 249 05701 002 Sheet 11 of 18 zi DIG Technical Service Manual 9 67 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 68 Plum XL Series 23010 NSPSTI PI BKUPVCC 14 56 pu BUZTST xe 51 0 105 AMV 0 1 R98 10 2c4 D N41 48W 1N41 48W 5V 2 BUZZER 6 110 IN4148W E49 BUZZER uU T eme id IN4148W IN4148W 381304204 NRST 284205 NP S EN 2 ndi E 5 144148 jee UP_VALVE a DIG ope SV 7 BREF ___ 2394 ayy DIG R112 1 OK 1 10W 1 gt WW 115 R94 2 1 2 1 10W DT L OEC U20 LMC6772BIM 1 T 15625 US VRLVE U20 ope SV 5RE Technical Service Manual T m DIG 1 10W 5 5V U22 AQV21
32. 5 FsDouiua 20K N MMBT2222 U13 QUI S xu 2 uun 1 R8 2 26 25 2 1 TUHC32 Cli 100K X T TuHCOO TUHCOU m 6 ROTO TXD 470p 23 vp s USB gt 2 15 22 ck a E E FPZ 14 13 13 D a u 15 a FPU UGN3113 GND D D D NCL i 3 18 FP15 FP16 LCD CLK LCD CLK WES MCLUSOOLFN ppsa 17 FP17 4 1 4 7uHCOB Je 20 pes im to ris vee s 7955 8011 e ud x13 ws F 3j tris nc12 16 20 21 20 21 rP22 NC 2U 3 rFPiiLi8 22 23 X 7uHC32 22 10 5701688 jus 3 ROT2 gt 2 19 42 11 HH vss acl ace UGN3113 GND 088 2 D 23 1 2 A 1 4 LED2 Z ULL gut 3 xCLEAR 1 LCD DO ECD DD Je 21 HLMP3962 gt LCD D0 A 18088 GREEN X 7 ROTARY OFF LINE POWER 2 Ral xSPSTIN INDICRTOR A ses 252 19 UGN3113 GND 1 gt J2 8 Eis A DC RC CONVERTER Bio ROTRRY ON HKDC 1 Qu 2 J2 12 EL PONER SUPPLY A REED SWITCH DSPSTIN 16K Vis MMBT2222 3 1 2 1 t tore R18 V cn Ies K HSENSEN 1 05 100K Teo MMBT2222 PUSH BUTTON VDIG 3 FSD0u1u8 T 16V gt 16V TP 10K 9 207 B 2 SWITCHES u 1 5 RIS 91 3 xPBSWPS 475 cete gt 2 1 V D o VA TI 1 s xPBSHDN j2 3 pni BUSS S3 xPBSHUP gt
33. complete alarm the secondary VTBI setting channel has been delivered 13 1 CASSETTE Input output Defective Turn control valve leak administration set knob to DOOR CASSETTE test failure OFF CHARGE XL only open and close ae Cassette cassette door secondary improperly th tart test failure improperly If condition primed recurs replace administration or set Turn control knob to OFF CHARGE or HOLD RESET reprime cassette and restart 13 3 Valve leak Fluid spillage Clean valve pins test failure around valve pins due to excessive signal noise Technical Service Manual 6 3 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING Table 6 1 Operational Alarm Messages and Corrective Actions Error Corrective Code Alarm Message Description Possible Cause Action 14 1 LOCKED Lock Control knob Press LOCK violation position changed button and reset alarm while in LOCKED settings mode 15 1 None UART test failure The UART Replace The device does loop back test MCU PWA not communicate during power up Section 7 2 9 1 to the host computer failed 15 2 None Excessively The MCU does Replace The device does frequent UART not have enough MCU PWA not communicate interrupts time to process Section 7 2 9 1 to the host computer UART hardware due to UART hardware failure 15 3 None The UART The MCU does Replace The device does receiver buffer not have enough MCU PWA not communicate has overflowed time to process
34. jp 12 Ulo b 15 4 J2 OUT SPST4P gt he 3 942 1 PBSWDNK 3 lt 12 GND 5 UGN3113 4 No 2 a SPST4P 3 SW3 1 PBSWUPX 5 ull 7 loo 2 4 12 0 10 L 007 5 5 HSENSEN 50V ide FRONT PANEL 12 4 n 10 2 he PUSH BUTTON 3 944 1 PBSWTITX 7 912 1 1 GND lo o bey id C l cre C10 0583113 SWITCHES NO le C5 L 100UF A 50 L 100UF ES SPST4P 2 11 T 16V 1 T 16V VCC VCC VCC VCC 20 2 PRLL5818 2 20 EB23 3 545 1 9 J2 2 kg GND GND GND GND 100 20 5 4009 ie 1 Ul PES 94 SPST4P 22 1 17108 Ul EP17 4 P some Ka MMBT22228 E BACKLITE ON 1 MAS 7 2 5546 1 PBSWSILX 20 y E s pies O NEP 4 1 1 104 2 R16 MANN 32 14 6 7 5V 2 DS 2 5V ux 15008 10 0k PBSX A NO 2 GRN 1 32 8 231 3 86 1 5 5 4 5962 74 1 52 5V T 17 1 10W 1 NN C6 1 EP87 g ___2 S FS 100 m us 14 a 60 68 LINE POWER 1 0 LUF 83 2 1 75V 50V Vet g y 05 TNDICOTOR 1 104 10 lt 9 K A IRLLOL4 s _ 2 3 M Pd 5V EP10 J2 12 2 L 100 50 EUR 2 5 2 R11 E 2 10 OK 1 adi 51 1 1 2 2 ROS 2 R24 z 1 1 1 10W 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 R10 17 1 10W 5 5 5 1 10W 1 2 OOM 2 R12 1 1Z10W 171 104 1710W
35. 1 1 10W T MA ER 17100 HOSPIRA INC 1 Figure 9 19 Display Schematic DRAWING NO Rev B 249 05901 004 Sheet 6 of 7 9 95 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 96 Plum XL Series 5V U4 LCD LCD OUT 31 5 NM 015 55 COM3B ee ee 20 NJU6433 20 COM2 EP64 84 21 1 OK 53 COM3 1 T __51 28 FPL 1 10W 35 En INPUTS 02 PLD OUT e seio 19 22CV10 MOTO2NJR 4 56 cE stezo 20 27 hi LCD_CLK 2 21 SCL 59 MODE 252227722 24 epe LCD DATA 3 SCL 20 DATA ED DIN HSENSEN 4 NENB 25 112 50221724 26 NRST 16 NRST MODE 24 SEG25 E 5 9 74HC4040 SEG26 FP10 EPA IDLE 27 CNIRCLK i 10 st627 27 6
36. 2 5 BUSS TES om c J2 1u z NOTES ELON 2 3 01K PDT 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED Bee xPBSHTIT j2 7 t Wb ALL R S IN OHMS 12 1 MF 8 01 2 ALL C S IN uF SOV 207 MONOBLOCK PBSWBP J2 24 gt SENSEN gt HSENSEN TP M gt 9 Q Q1 TP S RRE PRDS ON BORRD FOR GENRRD PZT2222 TEST PRRTS EXIST Ja s C gt P OT t XPBSHSIL 23 m o 2 RS 86 1 100K 9 92 5 NS PZT2222 TOP VIEW 3 5 HOSPIRA INC n Figure 9 18 Display PWA Schematic XL igu 18 Di y i S0T 89 SDT 23 PACKAGE DRAWING NO Rev F PACKAGE 1 2 3 1 249 00531 005 Sheet 1 of 1 B B Technical Service Manual 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 84 Plum XL Series LED BRCKLITE
37. 8 1 723 28 9 Bee ind 1 4N35 e E ERR is INU1UB u75 4N35 1 U31 css 1 Uu C19 dea _ 11 GND DGND c12 c6 SN Toi p 7 2 R72 8 562 pos gt 789p 8 22 8 22 3 2 4 2 u 2 1 5 R23 OPTO C IK SHEET2 y i CRIO IN INS2U2B 12V i i i i 1 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 27 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev G 249 05916 012 Sheet 3 of 4 Technical Service Manual 9 133 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 134 Plum XL Series SHEET gt SHEETI X SHEET1 gt 24 11 Ju 12 Ju 7 Ju 17 J4 18 Ju 8 Ju 16 BUSS Technical Service Manual TPG Fu BRTT BUSS 1 BUSS J26 1 RED 1 FHKDC oc 2 1 ASB 2 0 8V 2 0 RH 12 57 R18 CARBON R59 79K BRTT 1 44 R48 J26 EE
38. HOSPIRA TECHNICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS ELECTRONIC TECHNICAL SERVICE MANUAL Plum XL Series Infusion Systems EPS 00587 008 REV 2 05 Hospi ra L Series Infusion Systems PLUM 5 For use with the following list numbers Plum XL 11555 04 12570 04 LifeCare XL 11555 09 11555 13 11555 27 11555 29 11555 36 11555 46 11555 54 11555 88 Plum 11846 04 LifeCare 11846 09 11846 27 11846 29 11846 36 11846 42 11846 46 11846 54 11846 88 Plum 11859 04 with DataPort Plum XLM 12570 04 with DataPort Veterinary LifeCare 11859 09 11859 27 11859 29 11859 36 11859 42 with DataPort 11859 54 11859 63 11859 69 11859 71 11859 88 Technical Service Manual Hospira 430 00587 008 Rev 205 9 2005 Hospira Inc This document and the subject matter disclosed herein are proprietary information Hospira retains all the exclusive rights of dissemination reproduction manufacture and sale Any party using this document accepts it in confidence and agrees not to duplicate it in whole or in part nor disclose it to others without the written consent of Hospira 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Plum XL Series Part Number 430 00587 001 Rev 11 93 430 00587 002 Rev 7 94 430 00587 A02 Rev 11 94 430 00587 003 Rev 2 96 430 00587 004 12 97 430 00587 005 2 99 430 00587 006 10 99 430 00587 007 08 01 430 00587 008 2
39. International Figure 9 10 Rear Enclosure Assembly Lifecare XLM with DataPort Figure 9 11 Main Chassis Assembly n Figure 9 12 Battery Replacement Figure 9 13 Mechanical Assembly Technical Service Manual vii FIGURES 1 4 1 10 1 10 4 17 4 18 4 20 5 3 5 7 5 8 5 11 5 13 5 16 5 17 7 5 7 8 7 10 7 11 7 16 7 16 7 18 7 20 7 21 7 23 7 24 7 26 7 28 7 30 7 32 7 34 7 35 7 38 7 39 7 39 7 40 7 40 7 42 7 43 7 43 9 7 9 11 9 13 9 15 9 17 9 19 9 21 9 23 9 25 9 27 9 29 9 31 9 33 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 FIGURES Figure 9 14 Figure 9 15 Figure 9 16 Figure 9 17 Figure 9 18 Figure 9 19 Figure 9 20 Figure 9 21 Figure 9 22 Figure 9 23 Figure 9 24 Figure 9 25 Figure 9 26 Figure 9 27 Figure 9 28 Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 4 1 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 7 1 Table 9 1 Table 9 2 Table A 1 Table A 2 Table A 3 Table A 4 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 viii Plum XL Block Diagram MCU PWA Schematic XL MCU PWA Schematic MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort Display PWA Schematic XL Display PWA Schematic XLM Bubble Sensor PWA Schematic Sensor PWA Schematic Pin Detector Flex Circuit Schematic Power Supply PWA Schematic XL Domestic Power Supply P
40. REMOVED FOR PROXIMAL AIR IN LINE ALARM TEST DISTAL BUBBLE SENSOR BULB TIPS REMOVED FOR DISTALAIR IN LINE ALARM TEST y CASSETTE CENTERING DEVICE 04K01027 Figure 5 6 Special Cassettes with Bubble Sensor Tips Removed 5 2 16 ELECTRICAL SAFETY TEST To perform the electrical safety test proceed as follows 1 Connect the infusion system AC mains power cord to a safety analyzer 2 Connect the safety analyzer ground lead to the infusion system ground test point screw located on the rear of the infusion system 3 Check the leakage current with the safety analyzer Leakage current must not exceed 100 microamperes pA AC 5 4 Measure the resistance of the AC mains connector ground lug with the safety analyzer Resistance should not exceed 0 1 9 Technical Service Manual 5 13 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 2 17 END OF PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST If all tests have been successful proceed as follows 1 Clear the dose history 2 Reset the infusion system to the original configuration 3 Return the infusion system to service Note If any tests fail refer to Section 6 Troubleshooting or contact Hospira Technical Support Operations 5 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE INSPECTION Periodic maintenance inspections should be performed per hospital procedures for compliance to accreditation requirements It is recommended that JCAHO and or hospital protocol be foll
41. Technical Service Manual SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 28 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manua 9 29 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 30 Plum XL Series 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Technical Service Manual SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 32 Plum XL Series 7 Vy 77 Ww NM m 4 y ww SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 34 Plum XL Series SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 36 Plum XL Series POWER SUPPLY DISPLAY PWA 1 LINE TO DC HKDC LED FLYBACK DRIVER CONVERTER BUSS POWER TO 4 ALL BLOCKS MCU PWA 2 BATTERY CHARGER CELL MCU LEAD ACID LEDRUN LED DRIVER VMOT VDIG RUN BUBBLE PWA SENSOR PWA 2 5V REF SERIAL DATA LINE LCD LCD DISPLAY DISPLAY BUBBLE 3V75REF SENSOR 3 75V REF DRIVER XMTR amp RCVR AIROPT ELON EL EL BACKLIGHT BACKLIGHT DRIVER EEPROM PIN KEYPAD DETECTORS OPTICAL BPSV
42. Y a TY 1 100 1 iow Ll x B R19 R22 22 0UH TP4 0 17A RS OK 1 00K 200 TP1 amp S 7 J 10 1 1 10W 1 1 10W R28 1 C3 Cll eu 1 100 0 0047UF _ Lo 1UF 05 LM358 100 50V 5905 20 OK 10 10 1 R10 2 5V R17 TP21 1 00K 45V 1 R23 C17 1 10 74HC4046 20 OK L 0 OLUF sehr e ES R20 1 1 10W c 1 5V 3 comp PCP 1 NC 1900 1 104 10 100 OPF TES Pel 10 0 1 10W Tete 10 21 2 5V 50 SIG 2 U3nc 19 5 15 NC 5 C16 e c 17104 1 L 1000 RI T 109 Nc ai 50V 9 100 OK I1 gi 22 2 10 1 12 22 5 7 MMBT3904 PSV_EN 1 10W 9 1UF L 0 a UP VALVE MMBT3904 50 50V Tree 5 2000 9 US_VALVE 2 10 10 18 XPROX BIR EN P 16 8 8 1 1 104 1 XDIST RIR EN 14 12 L amp TP27 VW i2 R4 R6 2 10 OK 24 9K 1 1 1 104 1 104 CONN 012P FM d 1 RIS 1 06 22812 1 104 22 MMBT 3906 1 lt 2 R24 5 3 01K 5V 1 WV C4 1 104 5 1 05 0 LUF xi 2 50V 0 i 4 c20 TP25 1 10 11 0 0 54 0 aoe um 0 O1UF 50V 37 50 C14 R25 R29 10 10 L 27 lt 2 00K 200 50V 1 1 5 17108 17104 TR4148 NY od 0 0 6A 75 75V PROX IMAL ar 10
43. c9 10 14 LNY148 2 du R6 10 25V YC rU BUZB80R i C25 u 7 i 170 57 NH HERTSINK B CRRBON 3 i 100V 1 259 1 44 1 i R5 _ 5 2 UP 10K RANGND gt SHEET2 SHEET2 gt MC3ul29 an i des R7 C8 10 RRMP L3 e o 475 p gi 30 9K 11 nnouT u CRS 100 RGI 00179 1 i 4N35 9 ERR ad UN35 1 5 LNULUB 100 i Wt RT_CT css e Uu C19 M C11 CS GND DGND C7 C12 C6 R9 I Z zac 1000 Na 8 1 57 7 2 R72 1 0 um gt 0 01 0 22 0 22 3 i 24 u 2 i 9 i R23 _ SHEET y i 1 LI s 1 Technical Service Manual UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL R S IN OHMS MF 1 ALL C S IN uF 207 50V J26 PINS 3 AND 4 ARE SHORTED AT BATTERY 5 CONNECTOR WHEN USING PANASONIC BATTERY CR17 R72 PROVISIONAL 9 113 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 24 Power Supply PWA Schematic XL International DRAWING NO Rev G 249 00573 004 Sheet 1 of 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 114 Plum XL Series BUSS TPG BRTT BUSS Fu SHEET1 gt 1 1 BUSS 26 1 e Y J BRTT RED
44. gt Je 15 r 119 8 17 0 UGN3113 GND 13 i U8 D U6 D T 5 gt J2 17 u12 outa xHOLD 5 e J 74 32 X U8 8 07 ksi UGN3113 GND 2 7uHc32 1 74HC00 1 gt Je 19 xCLERR i o3 3 U R X UB R j UGN3113 GND REED SWITCH 3 2 ROTARY OFF R21 xSPSTIN BUSS 3 NO gt J2 10 12 14 C NC SPSTIN J2 8 TP T zs gt ROTRRY ON Jucat HSENSEN 05 DSPSTIN J2 2u 1 9 MMBT2222 TIER 816 U6 B R19 LOOK LOK D D N Jo LOCKOUTL gt J2 6 3 10051 3 xPBSWPS C gt J2 1 Res 254 07 2 MMBT2222 PBSWON 10K WN 32 e gt 12 3 ROU 2 Lom o 10K a5 xPBSNUP V e a gt J2 5 D 3 PBSWTIT HOSPIRA INC 7UHC Ou NA bsc E gt J2 7 uf 10 XHSENSEN as n o Figure 9 19 Display Schematic MMBT 2222 PBSWBP LOK wv m m e gt 12 9 R23 DRAWING NO Rev B 10K ES xPBSHSIL ieee a 9 gt 42 23 249 05901 002 Sheet 2 of 7 b Vh Technical Service Manual 9 87 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 88 Plum XL Series POWER AND GROUND LIST 1 DESIGNATUR PART TYPE GND U1 4HC1328 SU14 7 14 06 PAL
45. 13 V C28 UD 7 59K R43 BATe gt F2 5V5 E 475 0 1 nc rs V x BAT2 gt gt Ju 7 NE _ y 5 AFHKOC Ju 18 NC 3 1 8055 HERTSINK F3 3 2 a er a CU S pea 5 2907 R15 Eom C17 EP oh Ju 20 R13 CR7 CR6 10K 1080 POWERHOLD 1 BUZI7L Ju 8 De De Ru1 Hey 5 INU1U8 INU1U8 2 AAA MTP L2POS BMDT 3 R10 F2 5V5 r 3 100 1N5237 100K LN358P 2 05 LM29311 5 0 QE 016 Su 13 C16 3 5 J 2N7000 ete SPSTIN MES z oN 5 07 i au ciu e e 2 1 E B17 GND TEN 6016 E 9 2 2 7000 5 6016 1 475 bis 0615 GRNR pas R16 Clu b 4 Q2 nes S 837 1 T 229 IM jM PN2222 OR 27 4K ray 0 47 3 Meg V V I R11 9 100K R36 10K 2 5 4 i HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 24 Power Supply PWA Schematic XL International DRAWING NO Rev G 249 00573 004 Sheet 2 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 115 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 116 Plum XL Series
46. 4 11 XLM display PWA 003 and lower 4 11 XLM display PWA 004 and higher 4 11 Display PWA 4 11 Control knob circuitry 4 13 Display circuitry XL 4 11 Display circuitry XLM display PWA 003 and lower 4 11 Display circuitry XLM display PWA 004 and higher 4 11 EL panel driver circuitry 4 12 LED backlight panel and driver 4 12 Line power indicator circuitry 4 12 Replacement 7 11 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 INDEX Run indicator circuitry 4 12 Schematic XL 9 83 XLM 9 85 Distal occlusion test 5 11 Drawings 9 1 E EEPROM circuitry 4 14 Electrical safety test 5 13 Electroluminescent panel driver circuitry XL 4 12 Electromagnetic Emissions A 1 Immunity for life supporting equipment and systems A 3 Immunity A 2 Electronics overview 4 2 Bubble sensor PWA 4 14 Buzzer PWA 4 10 Display PWA 4 11 MCU PWA 4 7 Power supply PWA 4 2 4 5 Sensor PWA 4 13 EMI shield replacement 7 22 Empty container air in line alarm test 5 12 End of performance verification test 5 14 Equipment required 5 4 Equipotential post replacement 7 22 7 23 Error codes requiring technical service 6 6 F Free flow test 5 10 Front enclosure assembly Component replacement 7 10 Display PWA 7 11 Front panel key replacement 7 12 MCU display cable 7 11 Replacement 7 9 Front panel Key replacement 7 12 Label replacement 7 14 Fuse replacement 7 15 G General description 4 1 Global product configurations 1
47. 5 jns FPROXPRE 3 aps FPROXPRES Mes E19 1 MOTPS_EN aps F DISTPRES Meo E20 MOTIO_EN 256 607 CY 205 NF IH OP 2 E21 1 _ age sp N 286 DIUUMO We 5 R55 341 L R53 510 5100 5 12K 255 F BUZTS x gt 1 104 gt 1 104 gt 17184 mu v Ly Ly DIVHKDC Bess 0 Y 5 5 DTUUDTG 2 7 DIUUDIC 4 s DIG ep 15 301 AD lt 15 gt 3p AD lt 14 gt coc x E25 9H X 26 D 1 V 54 1 sug 2 X E28 3p AL lt 19 x E29 1 21 Lo 7v a S 2 I 5 Al x w A A C lt A n 1 Ul bd HOSPIRA INC gt Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic 39 XLM with DataPort us X X DRAWING NO Rev C D E38 249 05701 001 Sheet 8 of 18 L K t S L LO Technical Service Manual 9 61 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 62 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual IS MOT 50 NBUSN mo LOCHRG_REQ P4 10 ar C24 AUF SPARE GATES E94 EQS X a E96 3
48. 7 28 Alarm circuitry XL 4 8 XLM 4 8 Alarm history 6 11 Alarm loudness and lock function tests XLM 5 9 Alarm loudness test XL 5 9 Alarm messages and error codes 6 1 Error codes requiring technical service 6 6 Operational alarm messages 6 2 Service mode 6 11 Alarm power backup circuitry 4 8 Artifacts 1 8 B Battery Charger circuitry 115 volt 4 4 220 volt 4 6 Charger current test 5 15 Door pad replacement 7 6 Door replacement 7 6 Legend test 5 10 Operation overview 5 14 Replacement 7 6 Run time 6 12 Bubble sensor PWA 4 14 Pin detector flex circuitry 4 15 Receiver circuitry 4 15 Schematic 9 99 Transmitter circuitry 4 15 Buzzer PWA 4 10 Lockout switch 4 11 Replacement 7 31 Schematic 9 137 Technical Service Manual C Cassette 4 16 Door replacement 7 36 Channel label 6 13 Cleaning 5 1 Solutions 5 2 Communication selection 6 13 Component designators 1 6 Considerations for use in electromagnetic environments A 1 Electromagnetic emissions A 1 Electromagnetic immunity for life supporting equipment and systems A 3 Electromagnetic immunity A 2 Recommended separation distances for communications equipment A 5 Control knob Circuitry XL 4 13 Circuitry XLM 4 13 Replacement 7 13 Conventions 1 5 D DataPort connection and ground continuity test 5 16 DataPort MCU cable replacement 7 25 Delivery accuracy test 5 12 Detent ring replacement 7 13 Display circuitry XL
49. 75K o TP8 BATT N 4 5 BATT 5 5 BLK 152 LOK E R63 T 2 wie gt Fe ov Q6 R60 Zn 2 49K 866 R69 1 R38 J26 3 ORN M 3 100 HEATSINK C38 190 5 100 3 75K 5 CRRBON 08 BRT2 J26 4 GRN 281 US 1 44 R31 832 R20 BRT2 2n 1 475 y is 100K R53 25 100K gt 20 15 100p 0 1 pelle R67 T 9 1 jk TP1 HKDC 7 88172 010 833 A R71 RRNGND PN2222 i PHRDC s 8 1 IN 188 57 MOT R40 CR13 57 CARBON LOCHRG 5 1744 VDIG 100 14148 A 8uss CHRG OFF R19 eu BUSS u 3 R49 100 INY LUS LOK R50 T LOCHG_AEQ jy u 1M BATT gt 200K insane R51 8 17 gal 06 8 OUT gt as 8055 sdr LM339 gt 8 1 200K FHKDC 2 5 gt 9 R27 R26 A C28 E R21 5 2 5 RUS E OPTO C SHEET 9 17 45 3K 18 200K a T gt gt 475 10 R25 TRT 855 7 us 3K n T 4 78 7K eS suu cag 22 7 59K RUS BAT2 gt F2 5 gt 475 0 1 LM338 m U7B V 4700p LOK 6 5 T BAT2 gt e suEETI Me HKOC KE 8 1 A 8uss HERTSINK 0 842 3 1 e OA 19 100K 07 p 3A 20 5 PN2907 R15 Qu C17 10K 1900 813 CR7 CRG 1 BUZ171 16V GMOT D 2 1 GMOT IK INULUB 144148 MOT JU 6 R18 cas D 4116 VDI
50. Connect the replacement battery cable to the charger circuit cable Note The cable connectors are keyed so that cables cannot be connected incorrectly Insert the replacement battery into the enclosure confirming that the battery cable is not pinched between the battery and the enclosure Using a medium size flat blade screwdriver replace and tighten the hex head screw to secure the battery door to the infusion system Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful battery battery door and battery door pad replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 6 Plum XL Series 7 2 5 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES SEPARATING THE FRONT ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY AND MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY The recommended tool for this procedure is a medium size flat blade screwdriver CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To separate the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly refer to Figure 7 2 Front Enclosure Main Chassis Assembly and Rear Enclosure then proceed as follows UU Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power Remove the battery door and battery as described in Section 7 2 4 Using th
51. PWA Section 7 2 8 2 If condition recurs contact Hospira Calibration data in EEPROM checksum failure EEPROM internal failure EEPROM decode circuitry failure Contact Hospira Control knob signal seen when disabled Control knob circuitry failure Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Illegal control knob signal seen Control knob circuitry failure Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Reed switch does not match control knob signal Control knob circuitry failure Reed switch failure Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Primary valve pin not moving Secondary valve pin not moving Pin detect circuitry failure Valve pin not present Valve pin not moving Pin detect circuitry failure Valve pin not present Valve pin not moving Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 UART test failure during operation UART failure Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 Failure of one of the internal software self tests 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 internal failure Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 Plum XL Series 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES 6 2 3 SERVICE MODE The service mode provides diagnostic and repair service information On the Plum XL the service mode is accessed by simultaneously pressing and holding the TITRATE and SILENCE keys while turning the control knob f
52. Section 7 2 9 1 to the host computer the received data due to UART hardware failure 16 1 TURN TO RUN Control knob in Control knob not Turn control between valid in OFF CHARGE knob to RUN states for five or RUN position OFF CHARGE minutes orHOLD RESET position Defective control Replace control knob assembly knob assembly Section 7 2 7 3 17 1 LOW BATTERY Low Low battery Connect to AC battery power or turn alarm control knob to HOLD RESET pum then to RUN 17 2 Low battery Low battery Connect to AC re alarms after power or turn 15 minutes control knob to HOLD RESET then to RUN 18 1 LOW BATTERY Discharged Fully Connect to AC battery alarm discharged power turn battery control knob to A OFF CHARGE or replace 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 the battery Plum XL Series Infusion system shutdown one minute after discharged battery alarm 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES Fully discharged battery Table 6 1 Operational Alarm Messages and Corrective Actions Alarm Message Possible Cause Display blank Corrective Action Connect to AC power turn control knob to OFF CHARGE or replace the battery DOOR DOOR CASSETTE XL only 2 Technical Service Manual Door open Cassette door open Turn control knob to OFF CHARGE or close cassette door Cassette not seated properly Reseat cassette 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6
53. The infusion system provides primary line secondary line and piggyback fluid delivery capabilities to furnish a wide range of general floor critical care and home care applications Compatibility with LifeCare 5000 PlumSet administration sets and accessories make the infusion system convenient and cost effective The Plum XL Micro is herein referred to as XLM The Plum XL Micro Macro with DataPort is herein referred to as Plum XLM with DataPort Note References to the Plum XL and XLM Infusion Systems apply to the LifeCare XL and XLM Infusion Systems as well Note Unless otherwise stated references to the Plum include the Plum with DataPort Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing 11 SCOPE This Technical Service Manual applies to Plum XL series infusion systems only It is organized into the following sections Section 1 Introduction Section 2 Warranty Section 3 System Operating Manual Section 4 Theory of Operation Section 5 Maintenance and Service Tests Section 6 Troubleshooting Section 7 Replaceable Parts and Repair Section 8 Specifications Section 9 Drawings Appendices Index Technical Service Bulletins If a problem in device operation cannot be resolved using the information in this manual contact Hospira see Section 6 1 Technical Assistance Technical Service Manual 1 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Specific
54. power for a minimum of eight hours with the control knob in the OFF CHARGE position Confirm the AC Mains power icon illuminates ENGLISH LANGUAGE ICON BASED AIR IN LINE EMPTY LOW BATTERY KVO VTBI COMPLETE DOOR CASSETTE Y 2 Q8 0 TURN TORUN CHECK SETTINGS OCCLUSION SECONDARY PRIMARY BACKPRIMING dn 2 1 mL H mL m HBHB TOTAL VOLUME mE PIGGYBACK ML HR DELIVERED 29 19 mL H 04K01024 Figure 5 3 Plum XL LCD Test Screens Technical Service Manual 5 7 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE ICON BASED AIR IN LINE LOCKED LOW BATTERY KVO VTBI COMPLETE DOOR CASSETTE h q 0 1 TURN TORUN CHECK SETTINGS OCCLUSION o o SECONDARY PRIMARY BACKPRIMING 2 1 ml ml ml hr mI LLL 5555 B Ll TOTAL VOLUME LU LI ml mmm m PIGGYBACK ML HR MICRO DELIVERED 04K01025 Figure 5 4 Plum LCD Test Screens Note All LCD screens on international infusion systems are icon based with the exceptions of country codes 27 and 54 5 2 6 KEYPAD AND CONTROL KNOB TEST To perform the keypad and control knob test proceed as follows 1 Turn the control knob to SET RATE Press the following keys to verify that each key activates and the screen responds PRI SEC toggles screen between PRIMARY and SECONDARY raises the value of the delivery rate V
55. sec ETEA 2 3 ii CONNECTION TO Gl HEATSINK 2 B 228 25V 1083 18 iak C39 5 5 Di Le Z Ass a 57 1 44 CR16 1989 Ti T CRRBON 2sv asv esv Olup 03 i 1Nulu8 R76 i 0 1 RG 100 i i asy 504 vec 01 107 Elo sy out H TA d dL Pes 470 57 NH HERTSINK i RAWGND 8 CARBON 3 H 1 257 1 44 RS RRHGND i U2 18K be b SHEET2 SHEET2 gt 7 1 3 129 RB i jes R7 C8 Ru 10 ERR ramp Se 175 39 8K 11 CRS 108 R61 M5 B 1 uos 9 d ind 1 uN35 e ERR 475 4N35 1 iss 5 css 12 Ui cid zu i C11 cS GND YZ K BL x 7 T AP C Ary Be 1 4 57 0 01 0 22 0 22 2 D 4 2 4 m 2 e gt e nes SHEET2 i i 2 1 4 CR10 RUN t LV INS2U2B i 12V i i i i 1 Y HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 26 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM International DRAWING NO Rev 249 05916 011 Sheet 3 of 4 Technical Service Manual 9 125 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 126 Plum XL Series SHEET gt SHEETI X SHEET1 gt 24 11 Ju 12 Ju 7 Ju 17 J4 18 Ju 8 Ju 16 BUSS
56. 00530 MCU PWA Schematic XLM 2 sheets 249 05907 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort 249 05701 18 sheets Technical Service Manual 9 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS Table 9 1 Drawings Display PWA Schematic XL 249 00531 Display PWA Schematic XLM 7 sheets 249 05901 Bubble Sensor PWA Schematic 3 sheets 249 00536 Sensor PWA Schematic 249 00538 Pin Detector Flex Circuit Schematic 249 00539 Power Supply PWA Schematic XL Domestic 249 00562 2 sheets Power Supply PWA Schematic XL International 249 00573 2 sheets Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM Domestic 249 05920 2 sheets Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM International 249 05916 4 sheets Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort 249 05916 4 sheets Buzzer PWA Schematic 249 05903 Table 9 2 IPB the Infusion System Replacement Index No Nomenclature Procedure 1 Enclosure Front Section 7 2 6 2 Chassis Main Section 7 2 6 3 Enclosure Rear Section 7 2 6 4 PWA Power Supply Section 7 2 8 2 5 Shield EMI Section 7 2 8 7 6 PWA MCU Section 7 2 9 1 Fi PWA Display Section 7 2 7 1 8 Assembly Mechanism Section 7 2 9 2 9 Assembly Opener Handle Section 7 2 9 4 10 PWA Buzzer Section 7 2 8 12 11 Shield Mechanism Section 7 2 9 3 12 Label Front Panel Section 7 2 7 4 13 Cordset AC Power Hospital Grade 220 V Section
57. 012 ARE MTD3055 RN8 u 080 10 INU1U8 jigr iNUlU8 1080 6 av snEp 2 CRI CRI2 CRI3 CRIU ARE 1 5819 i caz 7 FEIEZDCSPEBRER 2 q 2 Vb 3 RNU 5 6 9 ARE 20K X 8 10 PIN SIP COMMON K INUTUS NEM u RNI 2 3 ARE 2K SEPARATE WITH 100K PULL DOWN 9P SIP 100K 100K 100K P xS EN p 5 RN8 10 ARE 10K X SEPARATE SIP CR22 5 m US VBLVE 816 5 21 SK 6 7 IS 100K X SEPARATE SIP LNA Tua 2 gt 8 LOK 3 7 UNLESS OTHERHISE SPECIFIED HOSPIRA INC 1636 nwio u RSS qu ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN uF 20 50V 10K ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS 2 1 8W i i 1888 7 5 __5 pou T BUZZER HI 10 3 Figure 9 16 MCU Schematic 1N 1UB Wh a Wh DRAWING NO Rev D 249 05907 002 Sheet 1 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 43 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 44 Plum XL Series
58. 1 CR12 500 SB RUG R2 5 1 CARBON CR11 R3 4 BUSS SHEET2 GREEN 310 i n MURB10 CRU CARSON HERTSINK ERRTH GROUND 2 1 1 11 109 LNS2U2B 09 C 12v Jm PN2907 5 3 1 Te PRI CLAMP gt SEC T 857 Nao 0 4 220 25V cg 662 69027 001 4 i sesh sHEET2 N H inae Tion CRIU i CR15 8 7 8 LN 1N5242B Bud d 12V 4 CONNECTION TO C8 n EE GDIG age 5 VEE 3 R C25 SHEET2 SHIELD 1 1 2 5 A J JL 443 100K CC 1 C10 0 1 12 57 NH HERTSINK T 100 1 2W 57 it ey CARBON 3 i 2 RS 9 1 U2 L i BRHGND 2 OPTO R i 87 Ru LOK CR3 2 gt Hee 27 4K T R8 1Nu837 L3 i a 4N35 it anou n CRS 108 R61 5 INH SS 1 INULUS 188 eT css m C198 TZ sa GND DGND us 7 2 8 1 2 CR16 C11 n 1 45 V ZZ 700 CS i 0 zl 2 3 u70p I R23 OPTO C 57 C6 i 1K SHEET2 y i 6 22 e i _ 12 al CR10 ZS ins2u2e 0 22 4700p i 157 NOTES ls UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED RLL R S IN OHMS 1Z ALL C S IN uF 20 2 J26 PINS 3 AND RE SHORTED RT BRTTERY S CONNECTOR WHEN Figure 9 23 Power Supply PWA Schematic USING PANASONIC BATTERY XL Domestic 8 PRO
59. 10 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW 4 2 4 2 LOCKOUT SWITCH The lockout switch SW2 is located on the buzzer PWA and is accessible on the rear enclosure of the Plum The lockout switch is connected to the LOCKOUT signal on the display PWA and to the LOCKOUT2 signal on the MCU LOCKOUTI connects to the collector of Q7 on the display PWA When lockout switch SW2 is closed and Q7 saturates LOCKOUT2 goes low and the LOCKED icon on the LCD illuminates 4 2 5 DISPLAY PWA The display PWA receives serial data from the MCU PWA and displays it at the LCD see Figure 9 18 Display PWA Schematic XL or Figure 9 19 Display PWA Schematic XLM The display PWA also includes most of the control knob functions required to operate the infusion system The display PWA includes the following circuitry display electroluminescent EL panel driver XL LED backlight panel and driver XLM RUN indicator line power indicator and control knob 4 2 5 1 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY XL ICs U2 and U3 are master and slave type serial input LCD drivers and are cascaded to form a 92 segment 4 back plane by 23 fore plane driver LCD panel U1 is designed to match the drivers and has 88 segments Display data is serially clocked into 02 at pin 21 The clocking signal LCD is received at U2 23 and U3 22 The drive frequency is not synchronized to the data input and is dictated by resistor R7 To eliminate a false display during data up
60. 14 Technical assistance 6 1 U Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter 4 9 Unpacking 1 8 User qualification 1 7 V Velcro retainer strap 7 19 Voltage reference circuitry 4 14 Voltage regulator circuitry 115 volt 4 3 220 volt 4 6 Technical Service Manual 1 5 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 INDEX This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 1 6 Plum XL Series For technical assistance product return authorization and to order parts accessories or manuals within the United States contact Hospira Technical Support Operations 1 800 241 4002 For additional technical assistance technical training and product information visit the website at www hospira com Send all authorized prepaid returns within the United States to the following address Hospira Inc Technical Support Operations 755 Jarvis Drive Morgan Hill California 95037 For technical assistance and services outside the United States contact the local Hospira sales office CAUTION Federal USA law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician or other licensed practitioner WARNING POSSIBLE EXPLOSION HAZARD EXISTS IF THE COMPUTER IS USED IN THE PRESENCE OF FLAMMABLE ANESTHETICS PATENTS Covered by one or more of the following U S patents 5 277 191 5 261 411 5 285 796 5 217 019 5 341 476 Vesphene Ilse Manu Klenz Coverage HB Dispatch Precise Formula C Sporicidin Fluke Fluke Bio
61. 2 2 ERROR CODES REQUIRING TECHNICAL SERVICE Table 6 2 lists infusion system error codes that require technical service Also listed in Table 6 2 are the malfunction descriptions possible causes and corrective actions Note The error code is displayed on the LCD screen Associated malfunction descriptions are not displayed If reference to alarm history is required see Section 6 2 3 1 Table 6 2 Malfunction Description Possible Cause Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Corrective Action 20 1 Stack overflow MCU RAM error Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 21 1 Critical data checksum MCU RAM error Replace MCU PWA failure at start up Nonvolatile memory error Section 7 2 9 1 If condition recurs contact Hospira 21 2 Critical data checksum MCU RAM error Replace MCU PWA failure during operation Section 7 2 9 1 21 3 Checksum of operational MCU RAM error parameters failure at startup 21 4 Checksum of operational MCU RAM error parameters failure during operation 29 1 ROM checksum failure MCU ROM error at startup 29 2 ROM checksum failure MCU ROM error during operation 29 3 ROM checksum test MCU execution error not being performed 34 1 EEPROM read write Decode circuit failure Replace MCU PWA test failure EEPROM chip failure Section 7 2 9 1 35 1 Critical RAM values MCU RAM error found incorrect 41 1 LCD driver chip Decode circuit failure Replace MCU PWA test failure Driver
62. 4 2 6 3 VOLTAGE REFERENCE CIRCUITRY 4 2 6 4 INTERRUPTER CIRCUITRY 4 2 6 5 CIRCUITRY 4 2 7 BUBBLESENSORPWA 4271 TRANSMITTER CIRCUITRY 4 2 7 2 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY 4 2 7 3 PIN DETECTOR FLEX CIRCUITRY MECHANICAL OVERVIEW 4 3 1 CASSETTE 4 32 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY eo d 4 3 2 1 MOTOR AND VALVE ASSEMBLIES 4 3 2 2 PRIMARY SECONDARY VALVE SUBSYSTEM 4 3 2 3 INLET OUTLET VALVE SUBSYSTEM 4 3 2 4 PLUNGER DRIVE SUBSYSTEM Section 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 511 INSPECTING THE INFUSION SYSTEM 5 12 CLEANING THE INFUSION SYSTEM 5 1 3 SANITIZING THE INFUSION SYSTEM 5 14 CLEANING THE BUZZER PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 5 2 1 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 5 2 2 ICONS AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE EQUIVALENTS 5 2 3 INSPECTION 5 2 4 TEST SETUP 5 2 5 SELF TEST 2 us 5 2 6 KEYPAD AND CONTROL KNOB TEST 5 2 7 OPEN DOOR ALARM TEST 5 2 8 ALARM LOUDNESS TEST XL 5 2 9 ALARM LOUDNESS AND LOCK FUNCTION TESTS XLM 5 2 10 BATTERY LEGEND TEST 5 2 11 FREE FLOW TEST 5 2 12 PROXIMAL OCCLUSION TEST 5 2 13 DISTAL OCCLUSION TEST 5 2 14 DELIVERY ACCURACY TEST 5 2 15 EMPTY CONTAINER AIR IN LINE ALARM TEST 5 2 16 ELECTRICAL SAFETY TEST 5 2 17 END OF PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST PERIODIC MAINTENANCE INSPECTION BATTERY OPERATION OVERVIEW 541 CHARGER CURRENT TEST OPTIONAL DATAPOR
63. 470 57 NH HERTSINK T 188v RAWGND CARBON 3 I 1 257 1 44 5 OPTO R UP 10K I e RAKWGND SHEET2 gt 9 MC34129 R 1 SHEET2 C10 C8 10 3 3 i 87 5 R4 ERR RAMP gt gt A 475 D o S 33 2K 11 ERROUT 1 E 100 R61 9 1 1 4435 d gt INu1u8 475 gt 1 RT CT CSS e m C19 de S C11 CS C7 bs IL C12 C6 R9 Z EN To 7 2 R72 0 562 Q m INST E 4700p 0 22 0 22 3 2 1 u uy 2 e i R23 OPTO C SHEET2 y e e CAN INS2u2B i 12V I NOTES 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL R S IN OHMS MF 1 HOSPIRACINC ALL C S IN oF 204 SOV 2j J26 PINS 3 AND 4 BRE SHORTED Figure 9 27 Power Supply PWA Schematic RT BRTTERY S CONNECTOR WHEN USING PANASONIC BATTERY DRAWINGNO Rev F 3 CR17 R72 PROVISIONAL 249 05916 006 Sheett of Technical Service Manual 9 129 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 130 Plum XL Series SHEETI X SHEETI X SHEET1 gt 24 11 Ju 12 Ju 7 Ju 17 J4 18 Ju 8 Ju 16 BUSS
64. 5 Fuse Replacement 115 Figure 7 6 Fuse Replacement 220 VAC Figure 7 7 PowerSupplyPWA Figure 7 8 AC Power Cord 115 VAC Plum XL Figure 7 9 AC Power Cord 115 VAC Plum Figure 7 10 AC Power Cord 220 VAC Plum XLM Figure 7 11 AC Power Cord 220 VAC Plum XLM Figure 7 12 DataPort Assembly Domestic Figure 7 13 DataPort Assembly International Figure 7 14 XL Series Pole Clamp Figure 7 15 Buzzer PWA Figure 7 16 Exploded View of the Main Chassis Assembly Figure 7 17 Top View of the Main Chassis Assembly Figure 7 18 Mechanism Shield Replacement Figure 7 19 Cassette Door Replacement 1 of 3 Figure 7 20 Cassette Door Replacement 2 of 3 Figure 7 21 Cassette Door Replacement 3 of 3 Figure 7 22 Cassette Door Replacement Bottom View Figure 7 23 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 1 of 3 Figure 7 24 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 2 of 3 Figure 7 25 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 3 of 3 Figure 9 1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Figure 9 2 Front Enclosure Rear Enclosure and Main Chassis Assemblies Figure 9 3 Front Enclosure Assembly Figure 9 4 Rear Enclosure Assembly XL Domestic Figure 9 5 Rear Enclosure Assembly XL International Figure 9 6 Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM Domestic Figure 9 7 Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM International Figure 9 8 Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM with DataPort Domestic Figure 9 9 Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM with DataPort
65. 8 Power Cord 115 Plum XL 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 20 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES REAR ENCLOSURE DATAPORT GROUND STRAIN EMI CABLE ASSEMBLY RELIEF SHIELD BUSHING POWER SUPPLY 6 32 x 1 HEX AC POWER HEAD SCREW CORD 6 32 KEP NUT 4 FLAT WASHER 2 GROUND WIRE 2 04K01045 Figure 7 9 AC Power Cord 115 Plum 7 2 8 5 AC MAINS POWER CORD REPLACEMENT INTERNATIONAL 220 jj No tools are required for this procedure The replacement part for this procedure is Cordset AC Power Hospital International To replace the AC mains power cord refer to Figure 7 10 AC Power Cord 220 VAC Plum or Figure 7 11 AC Power 220 VAC Plum then disconnect the power cord from the rear of the infusion system and connect the replacement power cord Replacement of the AC mains power cord is a routine maintenance procedure and no verification procedure is normally required However if the infusion system may have been damaged during this procedure perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 21 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 7 2 8 6 AC RECEPTACLE EMI SHIELD AND EQUIPOTENTIAL POST REPLACEMENT 220 1 Recommended tool for this procedure is a 6 mm nutdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are Receptacle AC Connection Post Equipotential Shield EMI Nut He
66. 8 096 ee 7 072 RXD ea 1 8 1 8 cg LCD DO 91 E i 10 U8C 4 4 n 4 4 L c30 _ 29 v 105 jig 72698 CRL7 TRAE OL 7uHCOU JuHEBU 4 o TP1 DIST_ATR_EN gt T 8 bi 6 3 u ue s VDIG E A D PROX RIR EN 5 2 inutug 1C 10 108 aul xP S EN gt 141148 BUZL 24 9K 35 UP_VALVE RIS 3 4 E 10K t ve VDIG BUZTST T 1 NOTES C35 EID m B 10K 1 01 012 ARE 03055 RN8 AT_23K 2 UHC OU 18K 1000p 8 3y sngg 2 CRI CRI2 CRI3 CRIU ARE 1 5819 2828 1 PTEZ0 SPERKER b 3 RNU 5 6 9 ARE 20K X 8 10 PIN SIP COMMON USE 1Nulu8 1NULUB 2 T u RNI 2 3 ARE 2K SEPARATE WITH 100K PULL DOWN SP SIP 100K P xS EN bi 1 5 8 10 ARE LOK X SEPARATE SIP cR22 us VALVE RIG 5 25 86 6 AN7 IS LOOK X SEPARATE SIP INUTUB 23 x gt 5 10K 2 7 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED _ 36 BN18 ini 3 ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN uF 20 SQV 10K ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS 2 1 8MW 1000 6 3y7SREF 6 _ HOSPIRA INC D D Vh Figure 9 15 MCU PWA Schematic XL Technical Service Manual DRAWING NO 249 00530 009 Rev F Sheet 1 of 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 40 Plum XL Series
67. 9 25 Power Supply PWA Schematic v Domestic DRAWING NO Rev B 249 05920 002 Sheet 2 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 119 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 120 Plum XL Series 2 C35 C37 NEUT 220pF 220pF I J17 1 aw 7 17 7 1 D UL 544 IEC 601 ISOLATION BARRIER i T500mA 250V 3 1 1007 LINE CHOKE 1 E R70 150V 388v KAA LA 1M 5 DF88M u R1 6 1 257 e 250v id 3 9 1 44 EE L CARBON 5 5 Ree CARBON i F1 1 2 Suievauuoen t 3 4 470 57 5 R73 J16 1 EINE e 0 6 E o e e gt R74 TPS i c36 C38 i CR12 R77 T500mA 250V 220pP ti C3 1 RUG i ZUR BUZBOR K GND T 330uH 220ur LM 1 J18 1 258V SIN E 144937 ERER E 1 44 CR11 PN2222 i 2 1199 e e 28055 g
68. EN SWITCHES STRAIN PRESSURE AMPLIFIER MOTOR PLUNGER DRIVER MOTOR OPTICAL ENSOR SENSORS MOTOR INPUT OUTPUT DRIVER MOTOR MOTOR PRIMARY SECONDARY DRIVER MOTOR HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 14 Plum XL Block Diagram DRAWING NO Rev N A NOT APPLICABLE Sheet 1 of 1 94E06009 9 37 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Technical Service Manual SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 38 Plum XL Series 070 7070 GE Cit cU UU DoT Ha oun cc oc 0505 OU n unu J5 45 45 15 JS 16 JS 18 J5 J5 Z5 VDIG VDIG los ET PULL UP RESISTORS PULL UP RESISTORS m LL s e a O x rh 5 5658 L S us 5 9 VDIG 255 iu JA Sgeira
69. ENVIRONMENTS EN 2 LifeCare XLM with DataPort outside of the United States is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified in Electromagnetic Emissions Electromagnetic Immunity and Electromagnetic Immunity for Life Supporting Equipment and Systems The user of the device should assure that it is used only in the appropriate environment Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing ELECTROMAGNETIC EMISSIONS Table A 1 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Emissions details electromagnetic emissions compliance and guidance for XLM Series infusion systems Table A 1 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Emissions Emissions Test RF Emissions CISPR 11 Compliance Group 1 Electromagnetic Enforcement Guidance The LifeCare XLM with DataPort uses RF energy only for its internal function Therefore its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause interference in nearby electronic equipment RF Emissions CISPR 11 Class B Harmonic emissions IEC 61000 3 2 Class B Voltage fluctuations flicker emissions IEC 61000 3 3 Technical Service Manual Complies The LifeCare XLM with DataPortis suitable for use in all establishments including domestic establishments and those directly connected to the public low voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes A 1 430 00587 0
70. Figure 9 19 Display PWA Schematic XLM DRAWING NO Rev 249 05901 004 Sheet 7 of 7 Technical Service Manual 9 97 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 98 Plum XL Series AF YMOT 0 PIN DETECTOR FVMOT bou US VRLVE US VRLVE 3 gt 421 19 xPSV EN R26 1 L 422 Jiss xBPSV EN i gt 22 1 J22 2 UP VRL VE UP VRLVE 21 5 190 2VSREF R27 g J21 9 s 100 C3 To 1 FVMOT A AF VMOT VDIG Vh l E FVMOT i M EZ 121 6 0 1 i R10 AVOIG VA R11 200 R19 m R9 85 921 1 016 1 l C 3 01K T0 TP 5 R1 0 TP j Q5 02 1 3904 3986 MMBT 3904 36 C2 3 6 C6 16 L T 01 Mae xRIR OPT R22 Ris R18 817 ve N MMBT390u ms 021 4 100K 10K 20K 10K 0 1 zT SE 1 3 coMP_IN 3 X1 1 D TP eT 2E R8 R6 R3 Ru 4 gt 8 c7 PHRSE PULSE E 1K 10K 45 C1 UT LM358 1 74 040465
71. K ana V O DON lt 228 87 LOCHRG REG BAT2 sci SPSTIN VMOT DIG 5VISO N Lcs UF COMGND HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev C 249 05701 002 Sheet 18 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 82 Plum XL Series DECOUPLER CRPRCITORS
72. O L IN Vn 180 57 LOCHRG CR13 CRRBON 4 11 bi VDIG VN 100 144148 A 8uss CHRG_DFF R19 one BUSS Ju 3 J4 12 I R49 100 INULUB LOK 858 LOCHG REQ jy 4 R28 1M 3 BRTT 200K 851 0 1 Uc Rea out e gt BUSS ening R24 C33 BATT DW 99 gt LM338 ir 5 200K RSU Dy U7C F2 5V gt ner 125 2 51 845 Uo OPTO C 45 18K 200K gt 9 17 5 8 1 u75 R25 5 gt S 52 R55 45 3K ES 76 8K oe m mu C20 id GND 5 R43 BAT2 gt F2 5V5 T 475 LM339 U7B iv 4700p 10K 6 Y gt 24 7 DPT0 R y SHEET 24 17 HKDC FHKDC Ju 18 A 3 1 78955 HERTSINK F3 2 S 2 9 J e 100K Q7 3R VMOT gt 28 5 2907 Qu 1800 113 CR 802171 16V GMOT u 5 R41 Jeg P D TR 7 2 12 05 GMOT Ju 6 INULUB INU R19 F2 5Vy F 3 id VOIG VDIG A CS 100K LM358A 1 2 95 LM2931T 5 8 Me L2 Ju 13 1N5237 our 1 3 C16 E 3 UB A 2N7888 4 IN y5 OUT VOIG Ju 14 t SPSTIN i d 2 _ EM 5016 u 9 9 7 812 2N7808 817 C13 5 gp 1 475 M AREIS GANA R16 R14 2 02 i bee 837 ss 25 LILL ii PN2222 10K NES V 27 4K V 8 u7 4 R11 9 100K jr HOSPIRA INC e e Figure 9 26 Power Supply Schematic vi XLM Internat
73. SENSOR MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT PENIS 7 33 7 2 9 2 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 7 35 7 2 9 3 CASSETTE DOOR AND MECHANISM SHIELD REPLACEMENT 0 7 36 7 2 9 4 OPENER HANDLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 7 41 Section 8 SPECIFICATIONS 8 1 81 PLUM XL AND XLM 8 1 8 2 LIFECARE XL AND XLM 8 2 Section 9 DRAWINGS 9 1 Cu ni bbe be SOR PAGED Pee ee OO A 1 Index o es ly 1 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 vi Plum XL Series Figures Figure 1 1 Plum XL Icon Based and English Language Front Panels Figure 1 2 Plum XLM Icon Based and English oL dM Front Panels Figure 1 3 Plum XL LCD Test Screens NEC Figure 1 4 Plum XLM LCD Test Screens Figure 4 1 Major Elements of the Dual Channel Cassette Figure 4 2 Fluid Path in the Cassette Figure 4 3 Mechanism Valve Pins and Sensor Lpcilions Figure 5 1 Cleaning the Buzzer Figure 5 2 Icons and English Language Equivalents Figure 5 3 Plum XL LCD Test Screens Figure 5 4 Plum XLM LCD Test Screens Figure 5 5 Distal Occlusion Test Setup Figure 5 6 Special Cassettes with Bubble Sensor Tips Removed Figure 5 7 Battery Charger Current Test Configuration Figure 5 8 DataPort Connector mE Figure 7 1 Bottom View of the Infusion System Figure 7 2 Front Enclosure Main Chassis Assembly and Rear Enclosure Figure 7 3 Display PWA and MCU Display Cable Figure 7 4 Front Enclosure Assembly Components Figure 7
74. V 249 05701 001 Sheet 6 of 18 MO I Technical Service Manual 9 57 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 58 Plum XL Series SOLAR TION BARRIER 50 2 E E116 E91 E7B u4 lt A Z 1213 E99 E184 E63 STN ul SI 8 1 TES E x gt E 7 H2 NCS_UARI DIG FOUISO 50 FOR 298 55 E53 UI U11 10213 IAB N _ TL16C458 E 1 E1800 L R43 gt 1 ew 5 17104 4 10 1 1 CjBaupDour api AD lt 7 gt 9 i i S ipi AD lt gt 8 ps E69 EVO 4 AD lt S gt 7 ps AD lt 4 gt 6 194 gt o 3p BD 3 S ps EE K DIG tou 7 42115 J 1 3p AD lt 1 27 3 n 3p gt 1 2 0015 ae JDTR DOSTR 109 EN 275 INTRP INTRPT DOSTR Ev E11 2 OUT2 DSR 0213 x COM_A4 i MR u R4 RTS raki e Lam e Lh 8 SOUT 68 Ho NE XTAL2 SIN SUN COM 83 7 E46 E92 E59 XTAL1 14 f N 1 i i i 2 1718WqQ Na 1 L
75. at the input to the driver 05 The connection to the nurse call feature is made by an adapter that mates to the 15 pin serial port The nurse call adapter connects to existing signalling equipment with a 1 4 inch phone plug Note Nurse call alarm is not available in IEC compliant infuser 2 Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing 4 2 4 BUZZER PWA XLM The buzzer PWA is installed on the Plum XLM and XLM with DataPort see Figure 9 28 Buzzer PWA Schematic The buzzer PWA includes the following circuitry High volume audible alarm Lockout switch 4 2 4 1 HIGH VOLUME AUDIBLE ALARM In addition to the MCU PWA alarm circuitry a loud piezo alarm buzzer is installed on the buzzer PWA for high volume setting see Section 4 2 3 4 Alarm Circuitry XLM The high volume setting is selected by lever switch SW1 Switch SW1 is located on the buzzer PWA and during normal operation is accessible on the rear enclosure The BUZZER_HI signal connects to the central processing unit CPU port on the MCU PWA The SPSTIN_BUZ signal connects to the SPSTIN BUSS signal on the MCU PWA SPSTIN_BUZ is the battery charging voltage When an alarm occurs the processor activates BUZZER HI When the switch SW1 is closed high setting the high volume piezo buzzer and the alarm circuitry on the MCU PWA activate When switch SW1 is open low setting only the MCU PWA alarm circuitry activates 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4
76. damaged cables Also inspect the infusion system after repair or during cleaning Replace any damaged or defective external parts Inspect the following areas for missing and damaged parts Labels Front panel label AC power cord Control knob and all external screws Velcro retainer strap Pole clamp assembly Rubber foot pads Front and rear enclosures Door assembly shield and handle Battery access cover Cassette guide spring and roller LCD screen Valve pins plunger bubble DataPort connector XLM with DataPort detectors and locator pin Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing 5 2 4 TEST SETUP WARNING _ A PATIENT SHOULD NEVER BE CONNECTED TO THE INFUSION SYSTEM DURING SYSTEM TESTING To set up the infusion system for the PVT proceed as follows 1 Confirm the infusion system and appropriate accessories are fully assembled 2 Hang two sterile water containers at a height of 18 to 24 inches 46 to 60 cm above the pumping chamber of the infusion system 3 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power Conduct all tests with the infusion system connected to AC mains power unless otherwise specified 4 Verify the lockout switch is in the UNLOCKED down position XLM only 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 6 Plum XL Series 5 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 5 2 5 SELF TEST CAUTION Do not place the infusion system in service if the self test fails To perform the self
77. does not exceed 9999 The W key decreases the value down to but does not pass O 6 2 3 4 3 Channel Label The first two of the large digits indicate the current hard ID if the setting of the junction box has no parity error If there is no entry two dashes will be displayed The third digit displays a dash The fourth digit indicates the current value of the channel label The fourth digit should be O for the single channel version of the infusion system i e XLM with DataPort Simultaneously press and hold the TITRATE QUICKSET and SILENCE keys for two seconds to change the value Use the A key to increase the value and Y key to decrease the value Technical Service Manual 6 13 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Table 6 6 PVT Troubleshooting describes failures that may be detected during the Performance Verification Test PVT If an error code displays see Section 6 2 Table 6 6 PVT Troubleshooting Test Failures Self test Section 5 2 5 Possible Causes Cassette not properly installed Corrective Actions Reprime and re insert cassette Defective MCU PWA Replace MCU PWA Keypad and control knob test Section 5 2 6 Defective display PWA or ribbon cable Replace display PWA or ribbon cable Defective control knob Replace control knob Open door alarm test Section 5 2 7 Cassette door open Close cassette door Cass
78. eB QUT PROXPRES gt J6 18 V M RS 3 OVSREF A 8 hor VDIG Js 12 DE V 100K Au A VMOT FVMOT sles 200K 16 19 e A 6V ie s TP2 3 10 FVMOT 02 gt J6 10 J20 6 RQ VDIG 5 xPSV EN 30 1K Y A x po UP VRLVE UP MAL VE lt o 5 on BS 3 US VRLVE US VRLVE R28 J6 23 gt 28 10 10K NE NA 4 10K 98 an 2V5REF 3 IB PBS GND u3 gt 5 8 AVDIC NC J28 7 1 T VDIG VDIG Cli VDIG VDIG 817 jea u20 1 V 108 dii GDIG 6016 16V cie HL 3 2 n J6 9 C gt J20 2 207 tL FSDOU1UB8 3 CR2 4 u NFSDOUIUB ja 3 PLUNG POS Vh 16 01 gt Js 6 20 2 U1 LM358 1 01 GANA GANA X 1 385 2 Na MMBT 2222 J6 13 gt J20 12 2 5 2 _ CRS 2 Pd s lt OPB8728 p Vh 1 57 C9 R20 i FSDOULUS 5 2VSREF Tal l 3V75REF 2V5REF gt J28 9 a 1 OK xPROX nin R19 neu 46 17 AIR 728 8 R23 20K 10 26 A5 2 28 U 10K xDIST EN DIST RIR EN JB 20 120 11 A PSENSEN J6 7 Vb AVDIG C10 DO VDD 0 1 S de gt 46 3 1 2 D sk US is Wh NOTES C 93Cu8 1 UNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED Je gt ALL R S IN OHMS 1 1 8W TF HOSPIRA INC ALL C S IN uf 10 50V MONOBLOCK SOT 23 Fi 9 21 Si PWA Sch ti 2 TP S ARE PADS ON BOARD FOR GENRAD PAC
79. ee LAW R14 1 gt 17184 14 y pori 9 55 Technical Service Manual MOT IOEN HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO 249 05701 001 Rev C Sheet 5 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 56 Plum XL Series MOTPS UMOT 9C4 3 E gt D 264 NRST J 1 20 J9 5 MOTPSEN o J9 eea E ED 6 Uu 284 0 f kaS Sed s 2 1 2 1 VN lt 4 _ ok 4 212 7 1 10 R25 LA 10K 0 E85 oo 5 ps 9 J9 MOTPHAS2 4 E 233 a MTD305SE MBRS140T13 6a 1 2 1 p 2 1 2 J 2 06 e 8 2K 17104 R23 14 10K m 286 17100 2 3 595 PHASE 1 9 N R34 4 MTD3055E MBRS1L40T3 1 AAA 2 1 2 1 2K 09 17184 R24 14 M i O 1 10 gt U7 A CRIS m J e K 12 OS S 7 14104 RB 17 100 m L LOW 1 HOSPIRA INC e Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev
80. ground screw 3 Disconnect the green ground wire from the ground screw 4 Disconnect the AC mains power cord wire from J16 see Table 7 1 Wire Color Coding 5 Disconnect the AC mains power cord wire from J17 see Table 7 1 6 Use the pliers to remove the strain relief bushing 7 Pull the AC mains power cord through the mounting hole in the rear enclosure assembly 8 Install the replacement AC mains power cord in the exact reverse order of removal Technical Service Manual 7 19 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 9 Connect the AC mains power cord wire to J17 see Table 7 1 10 Connect the AC mains power cord wire to J16 see Table 7 1 11 Connect the ground wire with the grounding lug to the ground screw Using a 1 4 inch nutdriver replace and tighten the two hex head nuts to the ground screw 12 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not J 5 pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 13 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful AC mains power cord strain relief bushing and Velcro strap replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 REAR ENCLOSURE POWER STRAIN RELIEF SUPPLY PWA BUSHING ar 6 32 x 3 4 HEX AC POWER v HEAD SCREW CORD 6 32 KEP NUT 3 FLAT WASHER 3 GROUND WIRE 2 04K01044 Figure 7
81. head screws securing the power supply PWA to the rear enclosure assembly Remove the power supply PWA from the rear enclosure assembly Install the replacement power supply PWA Connect the AC mains power cord wire to J17 see Table 7 1 Connect the AC mains power cord wire to J16 see Table 7 1 ON OD For all infusion systems except Plum XL domestic connect the AC mains power cord wire to J18 see Table 7 1 10 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 11 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful power supply PWA replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 17 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 6 32 x 5 16 POWER HEX HEAD SUPPLY SCREW 2 PWA VELCRO STRAP AC POWER CORDSET 04K01036 Figure 7 7 Power Supply PWA Table 7 1 Wire Color Coding Black Hot line J16 White Neutral J17 Green Ground Rear panel Brown Hot line J16 Blue Neutral J17 Yellow green Earth J18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 18 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 7 2 8 3 VELCRO RETAINER STRAP REPLACEMENT No tools are required for this procedure The replacement part for this procedure i
82. instructions for operating the device are contained in the Plum XL System Operating Manual Plum XL Micro Macro System Operating Manual and Plum XL Micro Macro with DataPort System Operating Manual Provision is made for the inclusion of the system operating manual in Section 3 of this manual Note In this manual the terms device and infusion system refer to all configurations of the Plum XL series infusion system unless otherwise specified Display messages and key labels may vary slightly depending on the configuration of the infusion system in use Figures are rendered as graphic representations to approximate actual product therefore figures may not exactly reflect the product 1 2 GLOBAL PRODUCT CONFIGURATIONS The design of the infusion system facilitates its operation in many countries with slight modification to the product Three configurations presented in this manual are detailed in Table 1 1 Global Product Configurations The front panels of the English language and icon based system are shown in Figure 1 1 Plum XL Icon Based and English Language Front Panels and Figure 1 2 Plum XLM Icon Based and English Language Front Panels Table 1 1 Global Product Configurations BE 220 V List Number Country Rear Case 11555 04 100 130 Nondetachable AC English 11846 04 VAC mains power cord 11859 04 12570 04 11555 13 French 100 130 Nondetachable AC Canadi
83. jenuey eoiuuoe 90 2 eu 800 8 00 087 BATTERY WITH WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY Bottom View of the Infusion System INaWaoOvidagH 22 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 7 2 4 BATTERY WITH WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY BATTERY DOOR AND BATTERY DOOR PAD REPLACEMENT Recommended tools and materials for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver an X acto knife and mild solvent The replacement parts for this procedure are Screw 6 32 x 1 2 Hex Head Slotted Assembly Battery with Wire Harness Pad Door Battery Door Battery To replace the battery battery door and battery door pad refer to Figure 7 1 then proceed as follows U 9 10 the control knob to OFF CHARGE Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power Set the infusion system on its back to access the bottom Using a medium size flat blade screwdriver remove the hex head screw securing the battery door to the infusion system Remove the battery door and replace it if necessary Inspect the battery door pad for damage If the pad is damaged remove it using an X acto knife and mild solvent Dry the battery door thoroughly and install a new battery door pad on the battery door Disconnect the battery cable from the charger circuit cable Pull the battery cable wires and connector outside the enclosure Remove the battery
84. lower since Q10 is on Table 4 1 Battery Charge Current States lists the charge current state as a function of the control signals Note Table 4 1 applies to all 115 VAC and 220 VAC infusion systems Table 4 1 Battery Charge Current States LOCHG Signal CHRG_OFF Signal J26 3 to J26 4 Approximate Current Low Short Low Open High Short 0 16A High Open 0 25A Don t care Don t care Trickle 11 Vbat 475 IC U7A also offers overpower protection for transistor Q6 When the voltage across Q6 generates more than 42 5 VDC at 07 4 the charge current switches to low The LOCHG low charge request signal alerts the MCU PWA of the battery voltage level LOCHG is generated by ICs U6A U7B U7C U7D and associated passive components IC U6A resistors R24 through R28 and capacitor C20 constitute a differential amplifier that monitors the battery voltage as the battery is being charged The output of the differential amplifier is compared to a previously determined level by voltage comparator U7C U7C generates the LOCHG REQ signal The voltage level depends on whether 07 13 or 1 is low or alternately whether battery one or battery two is connected 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 4 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW 42 2 POWER SUPPLY PWA gt The power supply consists of switcher circuitry voltage regulator circuitry and battery charger circuitry Refer to Figure 9 24 Powe
85. order of separation Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 10 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful pole clamp extrusion backing plate and insulator replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 29 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS POLE CLAMP EXTRUSION POLE CLAMP POLE CLAMP SHAFT KNOB ASSEMBLY POLE CLAMP BACKING PLATE 10 32 x 1 2 HEX HEAD SCREW WITH WASHER 2 ADHESIVE BACKED REAR ENCLOSURE 04K01037 Figure 7 14 XL Series Pole Clamp 7 2 8 11 POLE CLAMP SHAFT KNOB ASSEMBLY AND POLE CLAMP SHAFT TIP REPLACEMENT The recommended tool for this procedure is wide head pliers The replacement parts for this procedure are Assembly Shaft Knob Pole Clamp Tip Shaft Pole Clamp To replace the pole clamp shaft knob assembly and the pole clamp shaft tip refer to Figure 7 14 then proceed as follows 1 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE 2 Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power 3 Turn the pole clamp shaft knob assembly counterclockwise to remove it from the pole clamp extrusion and loosen the pole clamp shaft tip from the pole clamp shaft knob assembly Note The pole clamp shaft tip has a long shaft that is pressed into the threaded pole clamp shaft knob assembly 430 00587 0
86. proceed as follows 1 Turn the control knob to SET RATE and open the cassette door Verify the DOOR CASSETTE legend appears and an alarm sounds 2 Toggle the audio switch located on the infusion system bottom between the high and low settings Verify two alarm levels sound 3 Press SILENCE Verify the alarm mutes 4 Close the cassette door 5 2 9 ALARM LOUDNESS AND LOCK FUNCTION TESTS XLM To perform the alarm loudness and lock function tests proceed as follows 1 Turn the control knob to SET RATE and open the cassette door Verify the DOOR legend appears and an alarm sounds N Toggle the audio switch located on the rear panel between the high and low settings Verify two alarm levels sound Press SILENCE Verify the alarm mutes Close the cassette door Turn the control knob to HOLD RESET then back to RUN Press the LOCK button located on the rear panel Verify LOCKED appears on the display amp 7 Turn the control knob to any other position Verify the infusion system stops pumping an alarm sounds and the display backlight and LOCKED flash 8 Turn the control knob to RUN Verify the infusion system starts to pump 9 Press SILENCE Verify that the alarm condition remains unchanged 10 Press the LOCK button to clear the alarm condition Technical Service Manual 5 9 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 2 10 BATTERY LEGEND TEST To perfo
87. verify that an occlusion alarm occurs within three pumping cycles 4 Press SILENCE and unclamp the proximal tubing 5 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 10 Plum XL Series 5 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 5 2 13 DISTAL OCCLUSION TEST To perform the distal occlusion test refer to Figure 5 5 Distal Occlusion Test Setup and proceed as follows 1 Connect the distal tubing to the DPM through a three way stopcock as illustrated in Figure 5 5 Note A reflux valve or six inch tubing extension may be attached between the stopcock and the DPM to keep moisture out of the DPM Note The height of the DPM must be 0 to 6 inches 0 to 15 cm from the midline of the cassette Turn the control knob to SET RATE Set the rate to 40 mL hr Turn the control knob to SET VTBI Set the volume to 100 mL Open the three way stopcock to air N O Q fF Turn the control knob to RUN and allow the infusion system to stabilize for one minute Verify all air is cleared from the tubing 00 Set the three way stopcock to measure pressure 9 Verify the occlusion alarm occurs when DPM indicates 10 0 2 psi 69 0 13 8 kP3 10 Turn the control knob to HOLD RESET to clear the occlusion alarm Open the three way stopcock to air and disconnect the distal tubing FROM FLUID CONTAINERS DPM UNIVERSAL PRESSURE METER THREE WAY STOPCOCK
88. with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 5 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful front panel key replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 12 Plum XL Series 7 2 7 3 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES CONTROL KNOB KNOB DETENT WASHER GASKET SNAP RETAINER AND DETENT RING REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a small flat blade screwdriver a medium size flat blade screwdriver a No 2 Phillips screwdriver and long needle nose pliers The replacement parts for this procedure are Retainer Snap Knob Knob Control Detent Knob Washer Knob Gasket Knob Ring Detent Shim Magnet CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the control knob knob detent washer gasket detent ring and snap retainer refer to Figure 7 4 then proceed as follows 1 Oar N 10 11 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Remove the display PWA as described in Section 7 2 7 1 Remove the front panel keys as described in Section 7 2 7 2 Using long needle nose pliers carefully remove the snap retainer Remove the control knob knob dete
89. 0 MHz field strengths should be less than Vi V m 430 00587 008 Rev 1 05 A 4 Plum XL Series APPENDIX RECOMMENDED SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT The LifeCare XLM with DataPort is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled The recommendations provided in Table A 4 Recommended Separation Distances Between Portable and Mobile RF Communications Equipment and the LifeCare XLM with DataPort help the user of the LifeCare XLM with DataPort to prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment transmitters and the LifeCare XLM with DataPort according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment Table 4 Recommended Separation Distances Between Portable and Mobile Communications Equipment and the LifeCare XLM with DataPort Rated Maximum Output Power of Transmitter Separation Distance According to Frequency of Transmitter Meters 150 kHz to 80 MHZ outside ISM bands d 150 kHz to 80 MHz in ISM bands d 80 Mhz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2 5 GHz E 0 01 0 035 0 12 0 23 0 1 0 11 0 38 0 73 1 0 35 1 2 1 2 2 8 10 1 1 3 8 3 8 7 3 100 3 5 12 12 23 For transmitters rated at a maximum output power listed above the recommend
90. 05 Technical Service Manual Change History Insert Description of Remove and Change Change Destroy Pages Pages Original issue Second issue Updated cover Cover Cover Updated Change i ii i ii History Added error code 59 1 6 7 to 6 10 6 7 to 6 10 to Table 6 2 Third issue Fourth issue Fifth issue Updated Table 5 1 Included international DataPort content Sixth issue Included nurse call adapter information Seventh issue Updated PVT in Section 5 Updated replacement procedures in Section 7 Updated IPB graphics in Section 9 Eighth issue Incorporated Hospira name change Included IEC 60601 1 2 specifications in Appendix and throughout manual Updated replacement procedures in Section 7 Updated IPB graphics in Section 9 i 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 CHANGE HISTORY This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 ii Plum XL Series Contents Section 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 U 1 7 1 8 SCOPE GLOBAL PRODUCT CONFIGURATIONS CONVENTIONS COMPONENT DESIGNATORS z 5 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS USER QUALIFICATION ARTIFACTS INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 181 UNPACKING 18 2 INSPECTION 1 8 3 SELF TEST Section 2 WARRANTY Section 3 SYSTEM OPERATING MANUAL Section 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 1 4 2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW 4 21 POWERSUPPLYPWA 4 211 SWITCHER CIRCUITRY 4 2 1 2 VOLTAGE REGULATO
91. 08 Rev 1 05 APPENDIX ELECTROMAGNETIC IMMUNITY Table A 2 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity details guidance for the electromagnetic environment for XL series infusion pumps Table A 2 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity Immunity Test Electrostatic Discharge ESD IEC 61000 4 2 IEC 60601 Test Level 6kV Contact 8kV Air Compliance Level 8kV Contact 15kV Air See Note 2 Electromagnetic Environment Floors should be wood concrete or ceramic tile If floors are covered with synthetic material the relative humidity should be at least 3096 Electrical Fast Transient Burst IEC 61000 4 4 2kV for power supply lines 1kV for input output lines 2kV for power supply lines 1kV for input output lines Surge IEC 61000 4 5 1kV differential mode 2kV common mode 1kV differential mode 2kV common mode Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment Voltage dips short interruptions and voltage variations on power supply input lines IEC 61000 4 11 lt 5 U gt 95 dip in for 0 5 cycle 40 U 60 dip in 0 for 5 cycles 70 U 30 dip in 0 for 25 cycles 5 U 29596 dip in for 5 seconds lt 5 U gt 95 dip in U for 0 5 cycle 40 U 60 dip in U for 5 cycles 7096U 30 dip in U for 25 cycles 596U gt 95 dip in U for 5 sec
92. 08 Rev 2 05 7 30 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 4 Turn the pole clamp shaft knob assembly back into the pole clamp extrusion Using wide head pliers grasp the pole clamp shaft tip and remove Replace the shaft tip if necessary 5 Install the replacement pole clamp shaft knob assembly into the pole clamp extrusion by turning the shaft knob assembly clockwise into the extrusion until the threaded portion is visible 6 Press the pole clamp shaft tip into the screw hole recess on the pole clamp shaft knob assembly and turn the shaft knob assembly clockwise until the shaft tip is secure against the extrusion 7 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power Replacement of the pole clamp shaft knob assembly and the pole clamp shaft tip is a routine maintenance procedure and no verification procedure is normally required However if the infusion system may have been damaged during the pole clamp knob and tip insert replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 7 2 8 12 BUZZER PWA AND MCU BUZZER CABLE REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver and a 1 4 inch nutdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are PWA Buzzer Assembly Cable MCU Buzzer Gasket Lockout Gasket Audible Screw 6 32 x 3 8 Hex Head Slotted CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store
93. 0EA E E96 2114 US c 12 ayy 22 SOIC IN4148W BACK UP POWER FOR AUDIO ALARM HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 002 Sheet 12 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 70 Plum XL Series _ 3B1 84284 NRST gp4MOTPHAS 1 opa 2 IT D Technical Service Manual HAS HAS 22 TI D VMOT Y 4 1 1977 MO e _ J7 L R 100K dA S gt DEN T 3 TEE 1 JDIO dee _IMTDS055E 6B77B7 6B77B7 lt Q1 d 8 10 l 2 5 J 7 1 B 2 1 517 MTD3055E 2 x 5 DF 20 OOK 74 N CRIO MTDZOSSE MBRS1I40TS3 p HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort 5 DF 5 7 12075 2 pr 4 E105 9 71 DRAWING NO 249 05701 002 Rev C Sheet 13 of 18 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 72 Plum XL Series 95
94. 1 C32 R3u a6 DOCK S du eds 100p 100K Ae R67 5 1 R62 1K ud gaa y 018 27 SHEET1 y BANGND 10K Ny PN2222 cue m M LOCHRG RHO CR13 V su 1 20 11 Di VDIG 100 1NU1U8 16 9K 7 8055 Ju UE da R19 BUSS 3 100 IN4148 10K R50 T LOCHG BEO yy BATT gt OH LM338R i 8 17 uaA 07 1 mom APRES 24 5 Hs C33 BATT gt W 9 17r 886 207 200K FHKDC 854 R27 R26 A 2 5V 8 TE M E 45 3K 10K 200K gt SHEET 47 475 R25 F2 5 0 52 RSS 45 3K E V 2 888 78 7K pu c20 omo F2 5V gt 4 475 8 1 LM339 1 I U7B WV 4700p 6 D 7 gt gt 10 Ju NE OPTO_A s SHEETI Ju 17 18 WE A A 3 T 8055 HERTSINK 2 VMOT 1 214 PN2907 4 I T T wur Le eda 07 815 TT ay c17 L gt 813 CRG i 18K 1 1808 BUZ171 T POWERHOLD Hd OR d er gt 24 5 IN lu8 tyw 2 5 MOT gt Ju 6 5 180 CRO Bis if 05 NU yxp 7 100K L LM2931T 5 0 3 gt JU 13 C18 N5237 3 2N7000 IN ys OUT VDIG E 16 SPSTEN 4 03 5 GND DIGS 5 0 47 812 247000 C13 uy 9 1K d eL 1 15 6016 835 220 gt JU 10 R16 ciu RIU 2 02 w End 0 1 ee GANA IM 1 S 2222 0 47 4 x 11 1 100K V R36 HOSPIRA INC 10K Figure
95. 10 PN2222 Jes 75 ren 3V7SREF VAREF 3 pum 2VSREF 2V5REF u ang Vh VDIG mig DIVVDIG 35 any POWERHOLD Pu 8 R3 18K DIVHKDC 36 HENSEN HR 1 15 4 UR PLE Reo FBUZTST 37 eco HL TXO BUZTST We x AN3 PEA EE RXD 13 74HC86 12 1208 JUHCOU VMOT DIVVMDT 28 PS VRLVE VRLVE 11 Yl 5 6 EELLK gt 5 R21 20k 17 21 WR xRD 12 ee xAIR_OPT ae xFAIR_OPT 39 ans PCS 22 EE CS 822 MR FDISTPRES 40 ANG o 23 _5 EN 070 USC _ DISTPRES FPROXPRES Ul AN PC 21 BUZZER 5 4 45 16 2 X6 x SCK R23 IK or c ao U8B 3 28 15 18 PROXPRES t 5 IK 22 23 cau 31 C25 c27 dus gt ToS EELS gt J5 8 3 1000 1000 18885 1000 0 1 1000 1000 1880 0 1 0 1 l2MHz 090 1 U8A Te R8 R11 C19 C17 1 1 10749088 B 0 1 po bu 1 8 1 0 a 3 joo o 28 8 3 4 109 U8C b ura 10 Ne i 4 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 _ 0 _ 2 gt J3 18 A 10 E E SPSTIN gt RIR EN gt 1 10 T ot APIS D PROX_AIR_EN gt 24 Kuiug 132 Uiec oB RLU 3300p a xP S EN gt EET Vb L BUZTST UP VRLVE RIS 3 u VDIG 5 10K m NOTES POWERHOLD CRIG C 5 C35 ZRN10 3 LN383 gop tt gt Laot LOK 1 01
96. 12 Rug 100 INULUGB 10K ASO LOCHG_AEQ yy R28 3 BRTT n E LM358R is 8 17 R24 1K sari el c33 ie ni au 200K FHKDC R54 F2 5V gt e R27 R26 A 2 5V 5 C28 B R21 845 Puls L OPTO C 10 200K SHEETI 9 17 5 0 1 u75 R25 F2 5yv R52 R55 45 p 78 7 Ly339 R44 C20 T GND Ru3 BAT2 gt e F2 5V5 Tr ge 0 1 1 838 U7B 5 4700p 10K e 6 vi BAT2 gt gt 4 SHEETI INC NE n 1 grees HEATSINK 3 2 VMOT ee eZ 2907 1 T Av VMOT E 07 815 C17 L gt Ju 20 2 IDK Qu 1000 poweRHoLo 113 id Pos 1 T 802171 rae MOT yg IK 2 AAA 12 05 m GMOT e abd F2 5V Tr 3 198 VDIG 2 VDIG A ss 100K LM35BR 1 d m 1 L42931T 5 0 5 2 em gt 13 SPSTIN C16 8 2V 3 us gt J 14 2 Af 03 817 END 6016 s SHEET 0 u7 R12 NH 2N7000 C13 2 T SD 1 475 Ju 9 2 02 R35 VER R37 m 228 E R16 ciu Riu e oci 25 SANE 9 47 n Ss nak 9 22 V Ju 2 3 R11 V 100K R36 10K HOSPIRA INC o o 9 e 9 Technical Service Manual 9 111 Figure 9 23 Power Supply PWA Schematic XL Domestic DRAWING NO 249 00562 003 Rev C Sheet 2 of 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008
97. 17100 _ ULO u an 7 1 18N Figure 9 19 Display PWA Schematic XLM 7uHC132 8 11 heen uc Rev pom 7 57 100 DRAWING 1 10W 5 57 249 05901 002 Sheet 1 of 7 N 098 6016 6016 Vers Technical Service Manual 9 85 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 86 Plum XL Series vDIG _74 02 9 9 9 59 e SPRRES 2 ROTRRY SWITCH HRLL EFFECT RN1 2 13 12 A SENSDRS 100K 7 2 VDIG 8 s u 2 9 gt u U6 F 6 O i TP 5 L C16 vec 9 7uHC82 o 015 8 10 19 9 05 UGN3113 GND Ju RCOU 74 4075 7uHC32 5 2 8 74 2 7uHCU075 A gt 13 13 10 3 5 U6 R Utu 12 xVTBI o UL B U5 D o UGN3113 GND 2 7uHC80 4 9 7uHCu875 7uHCOu VCC 8 8 U13 xRUN 10 2 9 6 Qe O 1 2 74 32 U8 C X ue c ul ROTO Ng pp HEBB JUHC pu 13
98. 2 9 CR5 12 CRS 1 01 8 Q5 09 13020 K 18028 K 13040 Ki 4 4 Nor SHEET MOTPLN EN u TuHC08 u 7uHC08 i6 7uHC808 SHEET y MOTIO_EN SHEE y NOTPS_EN RESET SHEET 1 gt 4 4 SPRRES DECOUPLER CRPRCITORS IC POWER CONNECTIONS 74HC86 01 gt UI B 14 1 4 U4 14 U5 14 64 07 14 U8 14 U9 14 011 8 5 078 NC ee te IN scia C1 C2 C3 C5 C6 c C8 cg C11 7uHCBu 4 18 NC 1 5819 18 l 2 2 Ne NE 18V 0 1 81 909 1 10 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 8 1 9 1 O NC 5 5 82 121 U1GA 7uHC88 5 t 6 8 6 13 gt s U1 4 U 1 067 05 7 6 32 1 1 8 7 8 7 01 4 s U88 NC nN8 3 1N5819 CR13 x MOT D HOSPIRA INC Wh 2 2 Figure 9 16 MCU Schematic DRAWING NO Rev D 249 05907 002 Sheet 2 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 45 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 46 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual gt 4 3V 5REF 2e6 497 DISTPRES PROXPRES FDISTPRES 2ce sc PROXPRES ace e C43 O1UF 50U DIVVDIG gc tana BFBUZTST gt 100 17104 DIUUMOT C26 221 101 500 AN t MOTTO
99. 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 H High volume audible alarm 4 10 Hospira 6 1 I Icons and english language equivalents 5 5 Illustrated parts breakdown 9 2 9 7 Inlet outlet valve subsystem 4 20 Inspecting the infusion system 5 1 Inspection 1 9 5 6 Instrument installation procedure 1 8 Inspection 1 9 Self test 1 9 Unpacking 1 8 Introduction 1 1 K Keypad and control knob test 5 8 Knob Detent replacement 7 13 Gasket replacement 7 13 Washer replacement 7 13 L LED backlight panel and driver 4 12 LifeCare AC receptacle Bracket replacement 7 23 Gasket replacement 7 23 Housing seal replacement 7 23 Replacement 7 23 LifeCare DataPort MCU cable replacement 7 27 Line power indicator circuitry 4 12 Lockout switch 4 11 M Main chassis assembly Component replacement 7 32 Replacement 7 9 Maintenance and service tests 5 1 Battery operation overview 5 14 DataPort connection and ground continuity test 5 16 Nurse call function test 5 18 Plum XL Series Performance verification test 5 4 Periodic maintenance inspection 5 14 Routine maintenance 5 1 MCU PWA 4 7 Alarm circuitry XL 4 8 Alarm circuitry XLM 4 8 Alarm power backup circuitry 4 8 Motor driver circuitry 4 9 Nurse call alarm XLM with DataPort 4 10 Pin detector circuitry 4 9 Replacement 7 33 Schematic XL 9 39 Schematic XLM with DataPort 9 47 Schematic XLM 9 43 Serial communication c
100. 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 76 Plum XL Series ISOLATION BARRIER Y AUXOUT 5 56 AAA 215 E118 91 5VISO iK E60 lok E78 94 1 100 CRI US 17108 110213 1 2 CIS E99 104 E63 1 R2 SIN 89 8 1 l 2 IN4148W 2 NC 16 zi A 7 2 17 0 NCS_UART 1 ac3 NURSE 2 591 ac3NURSE1 4 DIG 144 5 150 4581 Y AUXIN 5V 9 98 4 45V RII 09 55 E53 Ul 10K COMGND UTI ILD213 1 1 0W HOST TX rob SOK 510 E100 1 19855 i RAS sse 36 Ten Is RXD l m 10 ous 19 8 OK T sm LM Pl PEE 028 D 1 ss 0190 lt 7 gt 3 65 BOE HOST RX 5017055 D6 205028 E69 E70 501 8055 T D5 CS I5 ul EE 5 14 cso I 501 AD gt 103 CS2p18 pm a DIG 5 150 20 057 1 2 D ETSE 5 1 spi AKU Bo 027 E R5 SAS INTRPT 75 E77 Ul E115 1 k 33 OUT 5 ILD213 17100 COM 4 Lo 58 OUT 9 US R4 1
101. 3 cora i E i db LED2 AW LINE POWER E a 8 8 3 5 8 8 9 INDICATOR vss S GREEN 23 6016 5 RLS TOP VIEW J2 12 44 as 26 25 21 MMBT2222 L 5 c r V CLKG w d _ 3 50 223 55004 148 N15 FPS E 3 Ebsg saT 89 PRCKRGE RES LuSOOLF Pe 2254 PACKAGE PACKAGE x 1 2 VDIG C10 1 NCD 3S 5 HE 188UF VDIG oUF at Sour NEB aEPIB B E g N FP 215 16V E a Pl A K 8 GDIG 7 16V VSS a Z J2 13 a 23 Ja u gt LCD DO LCD DO VDIG 64 L1 2 gt 42 21 16 PRLLS818 60QuH PARALLEL RS 1SQuH SERIES UIg 2 2 3 109 U10 1 7480 132 l NOTES BAGKLITE ON jie ise 4 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 2 2 2415 ALL R S IN OHMS 1X 1 8H MF VDIG 02 ALL C S IN uF SOV 20 MONOBLOCK us at 2 5 ARE PADS ON BOARD FOR GENRRD Uraca E TEST BOM PRRTS EXIST vorc 2m 5 ZVN4306G 1 3 S3 3 PROVISIONRL 100K 07 8177 Cl R26 28 ARE ALTERNATE PARTS FOR R12 GND 9 u WHEN R12 IS INSTRLLED R26 28 SHOULD 180PF E NOT BE INSTALLED AND VICE VERSA 4 SZ 5016 U18 3 9 JU votc Avoic 8 c isi LOK 9 33 R26 R27 J R28 TER LM393AH Vers 57 57 1 l 1 HOSPIRA INC T 3 8 57 1 10N 57 57 57 HH 1 184
102. 4 _ 4 5 1 524294 NRST 5 FS Y OU J8 sczJDIO up R O18 gp4MOTPHAS E 54 I 552 2 _IMTD3055E MBRSTAOT3 2 a VXV 11011 TOW b R22 1 OK ML ie gi ON a CRA Oe 94 2 4 RIS _IMTD3055E 7 5 105 17108 RIG 1 ook L e 5 _ ae CRE sag 1 9 vs 51 j _IMTD3055E E Uo gu os UG R2 us 4 J8 A N R sag JPHASE2 15 T R7 h 5055 i2 a2 17 V HOSPIRA INC M O 1 Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 002 Sheet 14 of 18 9 73 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Technical Service Manual SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 74 Plum XL Series MOTPS EN ER VMOT 2 MOTPSEN 5 19 JDIO 6 on gp4MOTPHAS 1 5055 2 012 69 2 03055 99 sag 1 MTD3055E 09 5 J 5 2 5055 05 HOSPIRA INC MO 17 s r DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 002 Sheet 15 of 18 Technical Service Manual 9 75 430 00587 008 Rev
103. 4 EEPROM Circuitry 4 14 Opto interrupter circuitry 4 14 Pressure amplifier filter circuitry 4 13 Voltage reference circuitry 4 14 Sensor MCU cable assembly replacement 7 33 Separating the front rear and main chassis assemblies 7 7 Serial communication circuitry 4 7 Service mode 6 11 Alarm history 6 11 Battery run time 6 12 Parameter programming 6 12 Run time 6 12 Software revision number 6 12 Snap retainer replacement 7 13 Soft ID 6 13 Software revision number 6 12 Specifications 8 1 LifeCare XL and XLM 8 2 Plum XL and XLM 8 1 Strain relief bushing replacement 7 19 Plum XL Series INDEX Switcher circuitry 115 volt 4 2 220 volt 4 5 Warranty 2 1 System operating manual 3 1 Watchdog circuitry 4 7 T Technical assistance 6 1 Test setup 5 6 Tests Alarm loudness XL 5 9 Alarm loudness and lock function XLM 5 9 Battery charger current 5 15 Battery legend 5 10 DataPort connection and ground continuity 5 16 Delivery accuracy 5 12 Distal occlusion 5 11 Electrical safety 5 13 Empty container air in line alarm 5 12 Free flow 5 10 Keypad and control knob 5 8 Nurse call function 5 18 Open door alarm 5 9 Performance verification 5 4 Proximal occlusion 5 10 Self 1 9 5 7 Theory of operation 4 1 Electronics overview 4 2 General description 4 1 Mechanical overview 4 16 Transmitter circuitry 4 15 Troubleshooting 6 1 Alarm messages and error codes 6 1 Procedures 6
104. 5 Plum XL Series 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES Table 6 2 Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Malfunction Description Possible Cause Corrective Action Input output motor phase loss Input output motor does not have enough torque Mechanical breakage in mechanism Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 Primary secondary motor phase loss Primary secondary motor does not have enough torque Mechanical breakage in mechanism Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 Internal timers out of tolerance Internal MCU PWA malfunction Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 2 5 VDC ADC reference voltage out of tolerance 2 5 VDC reference to ADC missing or bad Check fuse F3 on power supply PWA replace fuse if defective Section 7 2 8 1 If condition recurs contact Hospira 3 75 reference to ADC missing or bad ADC failure Check fuse F3 on power supply PWA replace fuse if defective Section 7 2 8 1 If condition recurs contact Hospira Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 73 2 5 VDC ADC reference voltage out of tolerance 2 5 VDC reference to ADC missing or bad Check fuse F3 on power supply PWA replace fuse if defective Section 7 2 8 1 If condition recurs contact Hospira 3 75 reference to ADC missing or bad Check fuse F3 on power supply PWA replace fuse if defective Section 7 2 8 1 If conditi
105. 5 R25 18 R52 vues F2 5V5 5 21196 855 y 78 7K LM339 13 C20 nuu 2 F2 5V 59K R43 oil 475 LM338 m U7B V 4700p 18K T BAT2 gt s SHEETI NC HKDC FHKDC A 3 1 A 8uss HERTSINK 3 2 1 Took T I 7 PN2907 R15 m 17 1 JU 20 R13 CR7 CRE e 10K 7900 POHERHOLD BUZ171 gt e e Ru1 MALA L6V GMOT Ju 5 IK INULUB 144148 12 05 5 CR9 R10 FESSES Mr 3 p VDIG 1N5237 DU LM3SBR y 1 LM29317 5 0 3 o SPSTIN 016 8 2V 3 297959 15 OUT 1 2 VDIG 2 _ 4 gt JU 14 1 2 Nos GND oe 0 47 R12 R17 2N7008 2 5016 1 4 475 Gis CIS GHNR gt Ju 10 816 C14 814 92 835 C26 R37 F Se 5G Su 2 LM Ng PN2222 LOK 27 4K 25V 0 47 9 22 V 3 R11 9 100K HOSPIRA INC R36 10K Figure 9 26 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM International e DRAWING NO Rev H 249 05916 011 Sheet 4 of 4 9 127 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 128 Plum XL Series
106. 587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 8 Plum XL Series 2 04K04001 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown DRAWING NO Rev N A NOT APPLICABLE Technical Service Manual 9 9 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 10 Plum XL Series 04K04007 Technical Service Manua 9 11 430 00587 008 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 12 Plum XL Series HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 3 Front Enclosure Assembly DRAWING NO Rev N A NOT APPLICABLE Sheet 1 of 1 04K03002 Technical Service Manual 9 13 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 14 Plum XL Series 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Technical Service Manual SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 16 Plum XL Series 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Technical Service Manual SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 18 Plum XL Series
107. 6 1 PLUNGMOT3 t OMDT3 1 1 PSMOT3 5 il _ 5 n 5 _ 7uHC88 3 1 2 47 5 74 3 1 2 8 5 7uHC88 3 1 2 gt J8 5 12 11 NS 02 me 8 NE fir 06 cna 2 3 NS 018 chia pa a8 100K i JE uae 100K H TINT 100K Hu 1 PLUNGMOTU LOMOTU s PSMOTU 7uHCOB T gt 7 3 74HCOB 1 8 3 74HCOB T gt 3 12 9 CRS 12 9 a ua c V8 us uu p xig E U NN n uy MoT B EET PONGE 141 8 24 08 7 98 5 5 8 Da Di Di SHEET ly 0110 EN SHEET 1 MOTPS EN SHEET 1 gt y BESET SPRRES DECOUPLER CRPRCITORS 1C POWER CONNECTIONS 7UHCBU 74HC86 ATIE 1 2 UI 8 1244 1044 0414 05 4 06 64 UT 14 08 14 09 14 011 8 NC 5 NC s Ld g g s 108 7 CRIU _ 16 C1 C2 ES 25 C6 C7 C9 C11 18 1 5819 A 2 3 gt 0 1 8 1 01 01 To 9 0 0 Jo 8 1 HOSPIRA INC R2 P P i N 8 5 4 iv U 4 Ur Ui 8 7 1 4 Figure 9 15 MCU Schematic XL D D RN7 RN8 145819 Rev 188K 10K MOT D CR13 NA PRAWING NO 7 5 249 00530 009 Sheet 2 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 41 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 42 Plum XL Series
108. 7 2 8 5 14 Cordset AC Power Hospital Grade 115 V Section 7 2 8 4 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 2 Plum XL Series SECTION 9 DRAWINGS Table 9 2 IPB for the Infusion System Replacement Index No Nomenclature Assembly Battery with Wire Harness Door Battery Procedure Section 7 2 4 Section 7 2 4 Pad Battery Door Section 7 2 4 Insulator Adhesive Backed Section 7 2 8 10 Plate Backing Pole Clamp Section 7 2 8 10 Extrusion Pole Clamp Section 7 2 8 10 Tip Shaft Pole Clamp Section 7 2 8 11 Assembly Shaft Knob Pole Clamp Section 7 2 8 11 Assembly Cable MCU Display Section 7 2 7 1 Assembly Cable Sensor MCU Section 7 2 9 1 Assembly Ground Wire As Applicable Assembly Cable DataPort Ground Section 7 2 8 8 Assembly Cable DataPort MCU Section 7 2 8 8 Assembly Cable MCU Buzzer Section 7 2 8 12 Strap Velcro 1 75 in x 10 in Black Section 7 2 8 3 Gasket Front Rear Enclosure Section 7 2 6 Gasket Front Rear Enclosure Section 7 2 6 Knob Control Section 7 2 7 3 Washer Knob Section 7 2 7 3 Gasket Knob Section 7 2 7 3 Ring Detent Detent Knob Section 7 2 7 3 Section 7 2 7 3 Shim Knob Section 7 2 7 3 Assembly Cassette Door Section 7 2 9 3 Connector AC Receptacle 220 V Section 7 2 8 6 Connector AC Receptacle International
109. 9 ROT2 19 12 22 6788 15 5404 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 19 Display PWA Schematic XLM DRAWING NO 249 05901 004 Rev B Sheet 5 of 7 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 94 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual 5 20 LCD CLK LCD CLK RORARY SWITCH 120 HALL EFFECT ale al ule als e 5V SENSORS x 12 18 Lcp para LCD DATA HSENSEN 8 5 6 21 G B B 6 I lo RUN INDICATOR e poop CLERRX 28 07 7 vcc OUT 01 KH 1 2 21 MMBT 2222A 051 Aw EP22 2 R2 A GRN UGN3113 2 16 LEDRUN 1 HLMP3962 a 1 2 D HOLDX 10 2 m 1 1 10W 2 U8 on T OK EP88 VCC OUT 1 10W 1 2 R4 pm EP20 EP24 EP25 1 00K 1 UGN3113 N j ALW i RUNX 45V U 7 VTBIX 2 I m vil OUT 4 RATEX lici 1C2 05 HL 10 0UF 0 LUF UGN3113 16V 77 50V LED_PNL 10 210 551 1 PBSWPSK __1
110. A in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing To replace the DataPort MCU cable assembly refer to Figure 7 13 DataPort Assembly International and proceed as follows 1 2 Using the 1 4 nutdriver remove the two hex head screws and two shoulder washers 11 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Remove the power supply PWA as described in Section 7 2 8 2 securing the DataPort cap Remove the DataPort cap Inspect all items for damage and replace if necessary Using the 3 16 nutdriver remove the two 4 40 connector screws and washers on the outside of the rear enclosure Use the 1 4 nutdriver to keep the two 4 40 self locking nuts on the inside of the rear enclosure from turning Disconnect the DataPort ground cable Remove the DataPort bracket inspect the bracket for damage and replace it if necessary Remove the DataPort gasket inspect the gasket for damage and replace it if necessary Remove the DataPort MCU cable assembly by pulling it through the rear enclosure Inspect for damage and replace it if necessary Re install the power supply PWA in the exact reverse order of removal 10 Join the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly in the exact reverse order of separation Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinc
111. AP 5 50 160 7184 10K 17 17184 rz 0 710 DIG DIG DIG gt 05 3V7 SREF ESL CR18 R92 265 P NS EN 2 b 1 1 2 1N4148W 5U 29197 Ly 020 895 o ce 55 623 US_VALVE 1 2 5 T K OK PS_VALVE 2584 17104 5 10k 17 17104 1 HOSPIRA INC DIG pe Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic DIG XLM with DataPort DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 001 Sheet 3 of 18 aps 3SUTSREF 9 51 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 52 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual 248 EL 2 9 0 J7 MO PLN EN l2 N PLE H 9 17 3B1 384 NRS 13 L RI gt 180 C4 gt 1 1044 4 dou y JDIO gca 7c4 E42 59 2 U8 y HET Ee L R32 viris MBRS14aT3 5 3 1 VN 1 ip Ld e lt 2 4 010 d 1 104 Rag Les 243 gt 1 104 77 Ug N 1 WY 6 4 1 CX 8 i 2 p 1 A e lt gt e VV e 5 2K 04 14100 C R18 E6 1 5 m lt b 44 gt 17104 z 5 ps U13 U8 Sa y CR2 cad 9
112. ART Universal asynchronous receiver transmitter VAC Volts AC Voltage controlled oscillator VCC Collector supply voltage VDC Volts DC VDIG Digital voltage VMOT Motor voltage Vpp Volts peak to peak VTBI Volume to be infused pA uL microliter 25 microsecond 1 6 USER QUALIFICATION The Plum XL series infusion system is for use at the direction or under the supervision of licensed physicians or certified healthcare professionals who are trained in the use of the infusion system and the administration of parenteral and enteral fluids and drugs and whole blood or red blood cell components Training should emphasize preventing related IV complications including appropriate precautions to prevent accidental infusion of air The epidural route can be used to provide anesthesia or analgesia Technical Service Manual 1 7 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 7 ARTIFACTS Nonhazardous low level electrical potentials are commonly observed when fluids are administered using infusion devices These potentials are well within accepted safety standards but may create artifacts on voltage sensing equipment such as ECG EMG and EEG machines These artifacts vary at a rate that is associated with the infusion rate If the monitoring machine is not operating correctly or has loose or defective connections to its sensing electrodes these artifacts may be accentuated so as to simulate actual physiological signa
113. ASSEMBLY DOOR ASSEMBLY o g pe 1 22 n JN u N B LEFT SIDE DOOR CLIP 04K01016 Figure 7 21 Cassette Door Replacement 3 of 3 CASSETTE DOOR PIVOT RETAINER CLIP 04K01017 Figure 7 22 Cassette Door Replacement Bottom View 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 40 Plum XL Series 7 2 9 4 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES OPENER HANDLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT The recommended tool for this procedure is a medium size flat blade screwdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are Ring Retaining Roller Handle Holder Handle Spring Spring Torsion Assembly Opener Handle CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the opener handle assembly refer to Figure 7 23 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 1 of 3 through Figure 7 25 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 3 of 3 then proceed as follows 1 9 Separate the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Remove the mechanism assembly as de
114. CETI6V8Z7 25JC 10 20 D AND GROUND LIST SPARES 5V U3 LM3934H U 9 8 u 10 132 7 EP7 LOCKOUT 1 amp se HSENSEN S e i 05 t MBT2222A 10K R26 a 10K EP23 16 EP26 Ul gt o 11 Fe 7 1 Q6 13 132 2 2222 10K Reg 10K Technical Service Manual Je 14 BUSS NOTES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 1 ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN uf 206 104 20V ALL RESISTORS ARE IN 5 0805 5 1 10 REED SWITCH EP15 SW7 2 10 3 SPSTIN 8 jo 18K 1206 Re9 cu R17 10K 06 PALCE16V8Z e25JC 9 ip 12 T 7 6 8 XRATE 6 5 5 16 5 i4 184 715 CLEAR 4 13 fae 14 ROT 1 17 y Je 3 12 105 13 0 15 C Je DSPSTIN 2 i ig 12 Re 19 A Je HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 19 Display PWA Schematic XLM DRAWING NO Rev C 249 05901 003 Sheet 3 of 7 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 90 Plum XL Series 5V 5V t 04 US 49 LCD PANEL LED PANEL Jo 29 LCD 3 vn 222 0 po em pes em n 38 DCLK 48 31 31 CUM4B 1 LCD DATA 39 DIN BPe 47 35 6 33 c 412 E
115. DataPort MCU cable assembly LifeCare DataPort MCU cable assembly Pole clamp extrusion knob backing plate and adhesive backed insulator Pole clamp shaft knob assembly and the pole clamp shaft tip Buzzer PWA and buzzer cable DL DL DL D DL D D DL D O O 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 14 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES To replace the rear enclosure assembly components proceed as detailed in the following sections 7 2 8 1 FUSE REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver and a fuse puller The replacement part for this procedure is Fuse 0 5A 250V Slo Blo 5 x 20 mm Cover Fuse 5 x 20 mm To replace the fuse refer to Figure 7 5 Fuse Replacement 115 VAC or Figure 7 6 Fuse Replacement 220 then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Remove the two plastic fuse covers Using the fuse puller remove the two fuses on the power supply PWA and install replacements CAUTION Confirm replacement fuse rating is identical to fuse rating indicated on the power supply PWA or equipment damage may occur 3 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 4 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify success
116. EMENT PROCEDURES This section contains safety and equipment precautions required tools and materials and step by step procedures for replacing parts in the infusion system Unless otherwise stated always perform the PVT after a replacement procedure 721 SAFETY AND EQUIPMENT PRECAUTIONS Before opening the front enclosure of the infusion system take all necessary precautions for working on high voltage equipment WARNING POSSIBLE EXPLOSION HAZARD EXISTS IF THE INFUSION SYSTEM IS SERVICED OR REPAIRED IN THE PRESENCE OF FLAMMABLE ANESTHETICS WARNING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED DISCONNECT THE INFUSION SYSTEM FROM AC POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store PWAs in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 722 REQUIRED TOOLS AND MATERIALS The following tools and materials or equivalents are required for the replacement procedures in this section In addition the beginning of each procedure lists tools and materials required for that specific procedure Set of nutdrivers 1 4 3 16 and 5 16 inch Medium size flat blade screwdriver No 2 Phillips screwdriver Fuse puller Wide head pliers Long needle nose pliers Diagonal cutters X acto knife with square round and pointed blades Wood chisel 3 8 inch Mild solvent such as isopropyl alcohol
117. ENT 7 9 727 FRONT ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY COMPONENT REPLACEMENT 7 10 7 271 DISPLAY PWA AND MCU DISPLA Y CABLE REPLACEMENT 7 11 7 2 7 2 FRONT PANEL KEY REPLACEMENT 7 12 7 27 5 CONTROL KNOB KNOB DETENT WASHER GASKET SNAP RETAINER AND DETENT RING REPLACEMENT 7 13 7 2 7 4 FRONT PANEL LABEL REPLACEMENT 7 14 7 2 8 REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY COMPONENT REPLACEMENT 7 14 7 2 81 FUSE REPLACEMENT 7 15 7 2 8 2 POWER SUPPLY PWA REPLACEMENT 747 7 2 8 3 VELCRO RETAINER STRAP REPLACEMENT 7 19 7284 MAINS POWER CORD AND STRAIN RELIEF BUSHING REPLACEMENT 7 19 7 2 8 5 AC MAINS POWER CORD REPLACEMENT INTERNATIONAL 7 21 7 2 8 6 RECEPTACLE EMI SHIELD AND EQUIPOTENTIAL POST REPLACEMENT 7 22 7 2 8 7 LIFECARE AC RECEPTACLE BRACKET GASKET SEAL AND EQUIPOTENTIAL POST REPLACEMENT 7 23 7 2 8 8 DATAPORT MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT XLM WITH DATAPORT sor 4 7225 7 2 8 9 LIFECARE DATAPORT MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT XLM WITH DATAPORT 0 7 27 7 2 8 10 CLAMP EXTRUSION POLE CLAMP BACKING PLATE AND ADHESIVE BACKED INSULATOR REPLACEMENT 7 28 7 2 8 11 CLAMP SHAFT KNOB ASSEMBLY AND POLE CLAMP SHAFT REPLACEMENT 7 30 7 2 8 12 BUZZER AND MCU BUZZER CABLE REPLACEMENT 7 31 Technical Service Manual V 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 7 29 MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY COMPONENT REPLACEMENT 7 32 7 291 MCU PWA AND
118. F communications equipment should be used no closer to any part of the LifeCare XLM with DataPort including cables than the recommended separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter Conducted RF IEC 61000 4 6 3 Vrms 150 kHz to 80 MHz outside ISM bands 10 Vrms 150 kHz to 80 MHz in ISM bands Technical Service Manual Recommended separation distance IUE Vi 430 00587 008 Rev 1 05 APPENDIX Table A 3 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity for Life Supporting Equipment and Systems Immunity IEC 60601 Compliance Electromagnetic Test Test Level Level Immunity Guidance Radiated RF E V m Recommended separation distance IEC 61000 4 3 d JP 80 MHz to 800 MHz 14 4 JP 800 MHz to 2 5 GHz 1 Where is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts W according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation distance in meters m Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters as determined by an electromagnetic site survey should be less than the compliance level in each frequency range Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol Note At 80 MHz and 800 MHz the higher frequency range applies Note These guidelines may not apply in all situations Electromagnetic propagation is
119. G K 100K LM358R 1 2 95 LM2940CT 5 0 gt Ju 13 1N5237 our 247000 1 3 2 1 SESTIEN C16 8 2V 3 UBR IN y5 OUT 4 C gt 93 2 1 Me GDIG iy og 8 17 12 t JE 2N7000 R17 C13 2 6016 1 475 adum Lt C15 GRNR R16 Riu x Qe hee ae PS ea d 25 L 1 PN2222 24 27 4K nis 4 9 22 V R11 9 100K HOSPIRA INC R36 10K Figure 9 27 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort e ivi DRAWING NO Rev G 249 05916 012 Sheet 4 of 4 9 135 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 136 Plum XL Series Technical Service Manual J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 3 5 R1 SPSTIN BUZ RED _____ cd 68 1 1 CI i PIEZO SPEAKER 4700pf SS BUZZER GDIG V R2 BUZZER HI s 2 Q1 22K B PN2222 1 4W 1 ALARM VOLUME SWITCH LOW 3 2 sw HIGH GDIG LOCKOUT SWITCH _ LOCKOUT1 awa LK es LOCKOUT2 5 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 28 Buzzer PWA Schematic 9 137 DRAWING NO 249 05903 002 Rev B Sheet 1 of 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 138 Plum XL Series APPENDIX CONSIDERATIONS FOR USE IN ELECTROMAGNETIC
120. G PIN BOTTOM VIEW 1 TO SCREEN TO SCREEN 5 LOCRTING PIN 9 103 HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 20 Bubble Sensor PWA Schematic DRAWING NO 249 00536 008 Rev L Sheet 3 of 3 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 104 Plum XL Series AF VMOT C6 19 1 NC J19 6 NC 0 1 AVDIG 3V75REF RG C1 J9 u 75 5 8 02 g Vs T gje R16 aun 9 1 J19 3 CLAMP 12 R3 475 C13 ill 3 ner U7 CLKOUT 5 12 i R1 9 100K 7 Vh RIS cO e E ITC10S0 7 1 OOK T eu 14 8 119 5 ater 520 7 6 039 us 1 DISTPRES gt 6 16 s aT 57 in R12 240 2 A CCH 70 l 2 5 9 2 lt SOK 5 z C gt Je 11 A M 75 3V75REF 20 Vh Riu ER 402K E R ini R11 senl Q Yr s GMOT LION LE ze m J6 14 1 18V
121. HC132 P Dse e 8 L1 NZ 962 1 5V 4 GREEN ub ud O Tun a 1 U3 14 EP12 EP13 m LM393AH TP pax LINE POWER EPES i gg 8 INDICATOR 100K 11 i 93 f R1 MMBT2222A e IRLL 014 Je 2 KIC E EP10 10K u C4 4 5V 100PF 1 5 RS 0805 c r2 R11 R13 R14 B R10 51K 10K 1 0M C7 100PF 5 iE 0805 Technical Service Manual 45V Qu Y an al 199 tuj RUTARY SWITCH 5V HALL EFFECT SENSORS EP21 c c gt 07 gut IB EPee GND UGN3113 P 2 xH LD U8 VCC gut n EP20 EP24 EP25 GND 2 GN3113 XRUN e Si xVTBI US gut XRATE xh GND UGN3113 SW cu 3 PBSWPS 16 Jo 4 010 VE mur 4 SWe 1 PBSWDN 524 GND i 5 UGN3113 43 5831 PBSWUP 4 911 vec 4 2 19 4 3544 6 7 5 jo 1 nd C8 O FRONT PANEL UGN3113 PUSH 4 SWITCHES 55 L EP 7 TX 3 E m SW6 P 2 215 da 4 3 1 BSWSIL 236
122. IR EN and PROX AIR EN become momentarily active This momentary activation of DIST AIR EN and PROX AIR EN allows the memory unit to change to an oscillator disabling state and the alarm does not sound At a catastrophic failure however the memory unit remains enabled and the alarm sounds During a catastrophic failure the alarm can be disabled by positioning the infusion system control knob to OFF CHARGE The alarm circuitry provides sound for low level settings only For high level sound see Section 4 2 4 Buzzer PWA XLM 4 2 3 5 ALARM POWER BACKUP CIRCUITRY The alarm power backup circuitry is provided through super capacitor C34 C34 offers power backup in the event of a catastrophic failure Diodes CR15 CR19 and CR20 route the power for alarm driver U10 from VDIG or C34 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 8 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW 4 2 3 6 MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITRY The motor driver circuitry energizes the three stepper motors plunger input output and primary secondary The MCU PWA micro controller U6 outputs MOTPHASI and MOTPHAS2 to inverters U9A and which generate two additional signals MOTPHAS 1 MOTPHAS2 These four signals are required to step the motors Three motor enable signals manage the motor step width The motor enable signals are MOTPLN EN motor plunger enable MOTIO EN motor input output enable and MOTPS EN motor primary secondary enable The four motor stepping signals activat
123. Jo 1 VV 2222 4 10K 4 2 R16 10 R23 R24 HOSPIRA INC 1 1 Figure 9 19 Display Schematic DRAWING NO Rev C ZU 249 05901 003 Sheet 4 of 7 9 91 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 92 Plum XL Series SPARES EP31 5V Ul 03 8 lt LM393 y 6 74HC132 VCC VCC GND GND E x EP7 LOCKOUTI 6 o J2 HSENSEN R25 5 1 2 2 MMBT 22228 1 17108 4 R26 10 0K 1 1 10W 25 EP16 EP26 PBSX THES 5 P 14 G 7 11 1 Rer 2 15 MET 22220 74HC132 1 1 108 4 VCC VCC R28 GND GND 10 0K 1 1 10W Technical Service Manual EP40 12 14 BUSS 5V C11 L 0 10 EED SWITCH SW7 B 15 a o NO spsTIN 8 A 42 ROTARY ON DSPSTIN 12 0K SOLDER SIDE 5 1 8M R17 1206 10 OK 1 1 10W 5V E x EP39 o S DR N o Lak eS 2 12 S 106 NC 18 54 EP38 5 15 06 105 amp 57 7 I4 104 NC 15 K EP36 15 103 NC 54 EP35 8 15 ROTI 17 EP33 16 NC 6 8_ 20 102 ROTO 15 72
124. K 6 5 T BAT2 2 suEETI Me HKDC FHKDC KE A s 1 A 8uss HERTSINK 0 rZ 3 1 e t OA T JU 19 3A 100K 815 m C17 1 gt Ju 20 10K 1900 813 CR7 CR6 1 80217 16V GMOT D De 2 pal MTP12PDS 1 omor IK 144148 MOT JU 6 R10 3 4116 VDIG K 100K LM358R 1 2 95 LM2940CT 5 0 gt Ju 13 1N5237 ovi 247000 1 3 2 VDIG SESTIEN C16 8 2V 3 UBR 5 IN y5 OUT 4 gt 1u 63 2 1 Me 6918 yg 8 u7 R12 t JE 2N7000 R17 C13 2 6016 ray ju 1K 1 475 adum L C15 GRNR R18 R14 2 02 hee ae 837 d ONE 25 L 1 PN2222 24 27 4K 22 V R11 100K HOSPIRA INC R36 18K Figure 9 27 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort gt e o e e ivi DRAWING NO Rev F 249 05916 006 Sheet 2 of 4 9 131 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 132 Plum XL Series
125. KAGE Wh TEST NO BOM PARTS EXIST 1 5 DRAWING NO Rev J B E 249 00538 006 Sheet 1 of 1 TOP VIEW Technical Service Manual 9 105 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 106 Plum XL Series N V M 0 Pes 3 PRIMRRY VRLVE 2 2 y ae ee 1 5 T A7 ws 1 1 V UP VALNE o xBPSV EN VALVE 22 1 gt HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 22 Pin Detector Flex Circuit Schematic DRAWING NO 249 00539 001 Sheet 1 of 1 Technical Service Manual 9 107 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 108 Plum XL Series 1 peg LINEA 0 _ J16 Di UL SUL ISOLATION BARRIER 500mR SB Ti LINE CHOKE unas 2 ee Cl KUALA AJ C2 8 1 O50 DN 250V ma ee 220 CRe durat 2 PLR8821C Seay een J17 1 Di
126. L hr a full recharge takes approximately 16 hours Recharge takes approximately eight hours if the infusion system is turned to the OFF CHARGE position A fully charged battery retains at least 20 percent of its capacity after six months of storage at below 35 C 95 F in an infusion system not connected to mains power 0 to 40 C 50 to 104 10 percent to 90 percent relative humidity 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 10 percent to 90 percent relative humidity 8 3 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS DELIVERY RATE RANGE Flow Rate Range XL XLM KVO XL XLM DOSE LIMIT RANGE XL XLM ELECTRONIC MEMORY ELECTRICAL SAFETY MAXIMUM OCCLUSION PRESSURE OCCLUSION ALARM PRESSURE LIMIT MAXIMUM OVERINFUSION MAXIMUM STORED BOLUS VOLUME Delivery Rate MAXIMUM TIME FROM OCCLUSION TO ALARM DELIVERY RATE ACCURACY 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 1 to 999 mL hr in 1 mL increments 0 1 to 99 9 mL hr in 0 1 mL increments 100 to 999 mL hr in 1 mL increments mL hr The lower of 1 0 mL hr or the last rate delivered 1 to 9999 mL hr in 1 mL increments 0 1 to 99 9 mL in 0 1 mL increments 100 to 9999 mL in 1 mL increments Rates dose limits and total volume delivered are maintained indefinitely Designed to meet IEC 60601 1 2 standards Attention Consult accompanying documents Terminal for connection of an equipotential conductor 99 kPa 69 14 kPa The maximum ove
127. N RECERTACLE EMI DATAPORT GROUND CABLEASSEMBLY 27 EQUIPOTENTIAL POST REAR ENCLOSURE 1 4 INCH FLAT WASHER 5 LOCK WASHER 3 HEX NUT 3 04K01042 Figure 7 10 AC Power Cord 220 VAC Plum XLM 7 2 8 7 LIFECARE AC RECEPTACLE BRACKET GASKET SEAL AND EQUIPOTENTIAL POST REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a 10mm wrench a 10mm nutdriver 2 a 1 4 inch nutdriver and a 3 16 inch nutdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are Receptacle AC Gasket AC Receptacle Seal Housing AC Receptacle Bracket AC Receptacle Assembly Cable DataPort Ground Post Equipotential Shield EMI Nut Hex Metric DIN 439 Screw Lock 4 40 CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the AC receptacle refer to Figure 7 11 AC Power Cord 220 VAC Plum and proceed as follows Technical Service Manual 7 28 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Remove the power supply PWA as described in Section 7 2 8 2 Carefully lift the EMI shield Using the 10mm nutdriver remove the two nuts from the equipotential post amp
128. NB BP3 46 La 1 4 42 45 55 9 80 CUM3A EP29 43 1 FS 37 40 L6 40 44 21 21 Je QO GREE A HLMP3962 Ue 36 28 28 FPe 35 3 FPe RUN INDicATOR 7 MC145003 L4 oie 5 EPS Q1 y FPe 31 24 24 FP6 3 R LA FP7 30 27 27 FP7 for 3 N FP8 29 26 26 44 q FP9 28 18 18 _IFP9 FP10 57 19 197 10 23 11 25 16 O9 16 LOK gt FPle 24 17 Q 17 1 O EP30 FP13 23 15 15 14 22 12 187 FP14 TOV 15 19 36 __ 15 16 18 1 147 FP16 R4 FP17 17 11 FP17 1K FPis 16 10 107 FP18 FP19 15 37 9 Je 2 Fe20 13 25 2 137 20 Frail 12 9 __ 1 CE We A 15 B1 8 FPee BOE m FPe3 10 37 7 FPe3 16V i 2 0561 FP24 9 39 39 rPe4 Je G rpas 8 6 oF 6 _ FPeS m 13 26 7 5 5 FPa6 2 FP27 6 4 4 FP27 5 29 29 ERE 29 4 a FPe9 0 62 3 2 2 __ 0 FP31 e 38 38 rP31 gt h VLCD FP32 1 30 30 _ vss 1 21 Je HSENSEN a Je 11 4 p 4 i 5V 5V C9 cio 100UF c5 L 16V 5 100UF H 20 16V x 20 EP2 R8 NS a 100K Ul n Ul 4 1 4 Je 22 BACKLITE_ON 1 os u
129. PLUNG PDS 1 PLUNG POS H8 Een U 5 vour L 27 4 DEED ss h D meee 2 ROTZ 1 8012 53 pra 18 CHRG DFF DEF zh zu LOCHRG t LOCHRG REQ 54 7 PB2 Lu 43 22 I H3 PROX BIR EN xPROX BIR EN qe 18 pps u DIST RIR T xDIST RIR EN JE Iad PBG 15 POWERHOLD 5 1 1 PB 18 HSENSEN 75 a6 RNLO 2 ANLO 2 015 2VSREF AVDD __ vpn 110K2 M PN2222 510K PN2222 a 3V75REF Hm SV7SREF u2 VAREF 3 3 25 2VSREF i 2VSREF 3u ang NA NA RLO DIVVDIG 35 POWERHOLD VDIG ANL HSENSEN Pd 78 iene 10K DIVHKDC 38 30K 12 R20 pco TXD T 1553 is BUZTST FBUZTST 37 AN3 LiB 2 7 R6 100K 100 2 Pa sack 3 12 14 5 EE_CLK VMOT EY DIVVMOT _ 38 P VALVE lt PS VRLVE 12 13 08 D gt 5 gt Js 2 xB1R DPT 28K 9 1 ays pes 22 EE CS 1 usc R22 IK FDISTPRES Wa ANG o PCG 7 DISTPRES FPROXPRES Wi AN7 7 LCD_CLK proxpres R23 IK z y 5 U8B 2 13 20 22 cau 31 c25 c27 20 quud 74 08 gt 5 5 a a Yi 2 1000p 1000 1800 1000 0 1 1000p 1000p 1000 O L 9 1 12MHz DD 7UHC88 R7 RLI C17 iB
130. Pin detector Circuitry 4 9 Flex circuitry 4 15 Schematic 9 107 Plum XL block diagram 9 37 Plunger drive subsystem 4 20 Pole clamp Backing plate replacement 7 28 Extrusion replacement 7 28 Shaft tip replacement 7 30 Shaft knob assembly replacement 7 30 Power supply PWA 115 volt 4 2 220 volt 4 5 Schematic XL Domestic 9 109 XL International 9 113 XLM Domestic 9 117 XLM International 9 121 XLM with DataPort 9 129 Power supply PWA replacement 7 17 Power supply PWA Battery charger circuitry 4 4 4 6 Switcher circuitry 4 2 4 5 Voltage regulator circuitry 4 3 4 6 Pressure amplifier filter circuitry 4 13 Primary secondary valve subsystem 4 19 Procedures Instrument installation 1 8 Troubleshooting 6 14 Proximal occlusion test 5 10 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 INDEX R Rear enclosure assembly Component replacement 7 14 Replacement 7 9 Receiver circuitry 4 15 Recommended separation distances for communications equipment A 5 Replaceable parts and repairs 7 1 Replacement procedures 7 3 AC power cord 115V 7 19 AC power cord 220 volt 7 21 AC receptacle 7 22 Battery door pad 7 6 Battery door 7 6 Battery 7 6 Buzzer PWA 7 31 Cassette door 7 36 Control knob 7 13 DataPort MCU cable replacement 7 25 EMI shield 7 22 Equipotential post 7 22 Front enclosure assembly components 7 10 Front enclosure assembly 7 9 Front panel label 7 14 Fuse 7 15 LifeCare AC receptacle 7 23 LifeCare D
131. Pins 3 and 4 Minimum Value Maximum Value 1 No 1 0 Amps 1 4 Amps 2 Yes 0 64 Amps 0 92 Amps 5 5 DATAPORT CONNECTION AND GROUND CONTINUITY TEST OPTIONAL To perform the DataPort connection and continuity test refer to Figure 5 8 DataPort Connector then proceed as follows 1 Confirm the infusion system and appropriate accessories are fully assembled 2 Measure the continuity with a DMM between the left lug of the DataPort connector and the ground test point on the lower left corner of the rear case The resistance should not exceed 1 ohm 3 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power Turn the control knob to the SET RATE position 5 Measure the voltage on the DataPort connector between pin 10 CTS and pin 9 COMGND Verify the voltage is 12 25 0 25 VDC 6 Turn the control knob to the OFF position 7 Connect the infusion system to an available RS 232 serial port in the host computer 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 16 Plum XL Series 5 5 DATAPORT CONNECTION AND GROUND CONTINUITY TEST OPTIONAL 8 Set the terminal emulator in the host computer with the following parameters 1200 baud 8 data bits parity none stop bits 1 Echo typed character locally 9 Turn the control knob to the SET RATE position 10 Type in the following commands from the terminal emulator TQ0 I45A4 CR where lt CR gt Carriage Return Note Commands case sensitive 11 Verify the response messag
132. R CIRCUITRY 4 213 BATTERY CHARGER CIRCUITRY 4 2 2 POWER SUPPLYPWA 4 221 SWITCHER CIRCUITRY 5 5 4 2 2 2 VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUITRY 4 2 2 3 BATTERY CHARGER CIRCUITRY 4 22 MCUPWA 4 2 3 1 WATCHDOG CIRCUITRY 4 2 3 2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY s 4 2 3 3 ALARM CIRCUITRY XL 4 2 3 4 ALARM CIRCUITRY XLM 4 2 3 5 ALARM POWER CIRCUITRY 4 2 3 6 MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITRY 4 2 3 7 PIN DETECTOR CIRCUITRY 4 2 3 8 UART WITH DATAPORT 4 2 3 9 NURSE CALL ALARM XLM WITH DATAPORT NURSE CALL 4 24 BUZZER PWA XLM 4241 HIGH VOLUME AUDIBLE ALARM 4 2 4 2 LOCKOUT SWITCH 4 2 5 DISPLAY PWA 4 2 5 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY XL 4 2 5 2 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY XLM DISPLAY PWA 003 AND LOWER Technical Service Manual iii 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 5 1 6 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 9 1 9 2 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 6 4 6 4 7 4 7 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 9 4 9 4 9 4 10 4 10 4 10 4 11 4 11 4 11 4 11 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 4 3 4 2 5 3 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY XLM DISPLAY PWA 004 AND HIGHER 4 2 5 4 EL PANEL DRIVER CIRCUITRY XL 4 2 5 5 LED BACKLIGHT PANEL AND DRIVER XLM 4 2 56 RUN INDICATOR CIRCUITRY 4 2 5 7 LINE POWER INDICATOR CIRCUITRY 4 2 5 8 CONTROL KNOB CIRCUITRY XL 4 2 5 9 CONTROL KNOB CIRCUITRY XLM 4 2 6 SENSORPWA 4 2 6 1 PRESSURE AMPLIFIER FILTER CIRCUITRY 4 2 6 2 AC AMPLIFIER CIRCUITRY
133. R39 R40 14 Ll T ygan COMGND ES N 4 OU L 500 DIG CON R2 gt 1 104 gt 17100 db 1 1 UMO 17 1 17 143 N we m Qd y EAR EIS V COMGND _ DIG DIG COM_A 016 N 5150 VISO U3 2 gt 7BL 5ACD 50 COM i a 5 8 05 DIG 7 3728MHZ 10UF 18U 1UF R38 d 50 17104 6 DIG 14 Sg ni 4 ear COMGND V Dd E MR ELIA Out 160 na cum HOSPIRA INC 31 208 ANS NRD E103 7 5 Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic chm D XLM with DataPort COMPWR po DRAWING NO Rev 249 05701 001 Sheet 7 of 18 Technical Service Manual 9 59 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 60 Plum XL Series PROBE PADS NSTROBE 284 DIST GIR EN X E65 16 1 2C6 385 PROX GIR EN X 265 E18 pq PSU 283 284 BUZZER c F22 1 MOTPHAS2 286 587 687 7B7 eS 2B4 225 NP_S_EN MEL E23 pt MOTPHAS 1 255 sc ac 2B NRD EENE XE 2p4 PS_ URL UE 484 2B4 gt 26 OLE X 52 3 PAS N R 283 XES 1 DIC NRD _ 7 SEIS X E82 264 NRST MES3 1 305 DSPSTIN 3C1 365 355
134. REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 2 Remove the MCU PWA as described in Section 7 2 9 1 Disconnect the sensor MCU cable assembly from the mechanism assembly at J6 3 Using a medium size flat blade screwdriver remove the hex head screw securing the mechanism assembly to the main chassis assembly Note International devices only Use the diagonal cutters to cut the cable tie holding the mechanism assembly cables to the main chassis assembly Inspect the cable tie mount and replace if damaged 4 Remove the mechanism assembly from the main chassis assembly 5 Using a medium size flat blade screwdriver replace and tighten the hex head screw to secure the replacement mechanism assembly to the main chassis assembly 6 Connect the sensor MCU cable assembly to the replacement mechanism assembly at J6 Replace the MCU PWA in the exact reverse order of removal 7 Join the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly in the exact reverse order of separation Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 8 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power 9 XLM with DataPort only Perform the following steps to verify proper operation of the DataPort Enter the service mode as described in Section 6 2 3 Verify the value of the communication selection as described in Section 6 2 3 4 1 Update the value if neces
135. Rev 2 05 9 112 Plum XL Series CR1 i WW NEUT _ OU Di UL 5uu IEC 6801 ISOLATION BARRIER T500mA 250V TEE dud VR1 o Sa eS LI ALII LC LI CLE ICE aL E i i visBLR2 C2 LM 0 0 1 57 250 250v UN R22 74 i VRe Y CARBON n v130LR2 e 1 F1 2 SUIGV GUUBOR ae 470 57 LINE 873 JI6 1 i I CR12 TSOOmA 250V ds RUG 011 i 9 K 57 4937 2 198 CARBON 012 3 i 1 44 o CR11 SR z Y PN2222 BUSS id 2 1 19 o o SHEET 18 1 CONNECTION EMI SHIELD BOX NORIS b T 18 MURBLO 1N5252B HEATSINK CRU T2 1N52U28 cu 5 12V ST PRI CLRMP gt beg ee eA oie eae Stake sss 7 9 o CONNECTION TO 01 HEATSINK o 35V i mU 8 4 7 275 zl p CR1U 57 1 4 1000 1880 1000 CARBON diris asv 25 25V TN c34
136. SSEMBLY FLAT WASHER LOCK WASHER HEX NUT 2 04K01043 Figure 7 11 AC Power Cord 220 VAC Plum XLM V EN 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 24 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 7 2 8 8 DATAPORT MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT XLM WITH DATAPORT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver a 1 4 inch nutdriver and a 3 16 inch nutdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are EMI Shield Kit Lock Screw Connector 4 40 Kit Lock Screw 4 40 x 5 16 Assembly Cable DataPort MCU Assembly Cable DataPort Ground CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface X Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing To replace the DataPort MCU cable assembly refer to Figure 7 12 DataPort Assembly Domestic and proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Remove the power supply PWA as described in Section 7 2 8 2 Remove the EMI shield 4 Using the 3 16 inch nutdriver remove the DataPort ground cable nut from inside the rear case Co 5 Remove the two lock screws on the outside of the rear case disconnecting the DataPort ground cable 6 Remove the DataPort MCU cable assembly through the rear case and install the re
137. Section 7 2 8 7 Strain Relief Nylon Black Section 7 2 8 4 Key Front Panel Switch Activated Section 7 2 7 2 Fuse 0 5 A 250 V Slo Blo 5 x 20 mm Section 7 2 8 1 Cover Fuse 5 x 20 mm Section 7 2 8 1 Ring Retaining 188 x 025 Thk SS Technical Service Manual 9 3 Section 7 2 9 4 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS Table 9 2 IPB the Infusion System Replacement Index No Nomenclature Procedure Roller Handle Section 7 2 9 4 Holder Handle Spring Section 7 2 9 4 Spring Torsion Section 7 2 9 4 Retainer Door Pivot Section 7 2 9 3 Retainer Snap Knob Section 7 2 7 3 Magnet Section 7 2 7 3 Spring Door Clip Left Side Section 7 2 9 3 Foot Rubber Section 7 2 3 Gasket Lockout Section 7 2 8 12 Gasket Audible Section 7 2 8 12 Housing Seal AC Receptacle Section 7 2 8 7 Gasket AC Receptacle Section 7 2 8 7 Bracket AC Receptacle Section 7 2 8 7 Gasket DataPort Section 7 2 8 9 Bracket DataPort Section 7 2 8 9 Section 7 2 8 6 Section 7 2 8 7 Post Equipotential Section 7 2 7 1 Bumper XL MCU Screw 6 32 x 1 2 Hex Head Slotted with Washer As Applicable Screw 10 32 x 1 2 Hex Head Slotted with Washer As Applicable Screw 6 32 x 5 16 Hex Head Slotted with Washer As Applicable Screw 4 24 x 3 8 B Point Phillips As Applica
138. Subsystem for the inlet outlet valve subsystem theory of operation 4 3 2 4 PLUNGER DRIVE SUBSYSTEM The plunger drive subsystem includes a stepper motor The stepper motor rotates approximately 1 2 3 revolutions per infusion system cycle to permit a 0 33 mL fluid displacement every infusion system cycle The stepper motor then reverses and the plunger returns to home position This cycle repeats for the duration of fluid administration Excluding the stepper motor the plunger drive subsystem includes the following components ball thrust bearing screw coupler assembly and plunger support system The ball thrust bearing is positioned against the mechanism assembly chassis As the plunger extends into the cassette diaphragm to displace fluid the resulting load due to pumping action and back pressure is transferred axially through the ball thrust bearing to the mechanism assembly chassis The screw coupler assembly links the motor and the plunger This assembly includes a flag that passes through an interrupter module This screw coupler flag interrupter module combination is used in conjunction with predetermined factory calibration data to determine the plunger position During operation if the screw coupler flag passes through the interrupter module at the incorrect time sequence a motor phase loss is detected 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 20 Plum XL Series Section 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS A complete maintenance p
139. T FRONT DISPLAY PWA LABEL JR 4 24 3 8 B POINT PHILLIPS SCREW e o FRONT Q ENCLOSURE FRONT PANEL L ASSEMBLY KEY 6 224 SNAP RETAINER MCU DISPLAY CABLE 04K01008 Figure 7 4 Front Enclosure Assembly Components 7 2 7 1 DISPLAY PWA AND MCU DISPLAY CABLE REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver and a No 2 Phillips screwdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are PWA Display Assembly Cable MCU Display Bumper XL MCU Screw 4 24 x 3 8 B Point Phillips CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the display PWA and the MCU display cable refer to Figure 7 3 and Figure 7 4 then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Technical Service Manual 7 11 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 2 Place the front enclosure assembly face down Co Remove and replace the two XL MCU Bumpers 4 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the Phillips screw securing the display PWA to the control knob assembly 5 Disengage the four tab retainers securing the display PWA to the front enclosure assembly Remove the displ
140. T 8 1F 10 8 1 pu 25 14 D SUPER 16 LH 6 x 5 5V id 5 al a Lockout TP2o EMEN POWER FOR SES E Panama u z AUDIO ALARM 15 3 227005 EE 00 gt 19 2 13 21 LCD DO D J3 18 XSPSTIN _ _ SHEET 2 xPBSHPS xPBSHPS 38 ppg Z 2 RDTEHRS2 SHEET 2 22 xPBSHDN xPBSHDN 38 PDI pa2 3 HOTELN EN MOTPEN EN SS SHEET 2 PBSWUP 57 u 2928 S xPBSHIII 58 505 C5 MDTPS N 5 MOTPS EN eo SHEET 5 PBSHBP P P 59 B PSV EN 53 8 XPSSHSIL 86 DDE pra 2 PSENSEN PSENSEN 45 7 5 DHKDC 61 POR pag a STROBE xPSY EN 1872 HKDC Ru 23 7K 1 DSPSTIN 62 7 VDIG UL IMMER TAE EM 016 wI vec 4 PN2222 Sp 2 gt 8 5 NC R19 BAT2 BAT2 FLUNG PUS 1 PET U 6 eno vout H 27 4 PS PDS I PS PDS 50 23 15 ROTO si prea 7 18 LTCeSu ROTI ROT1 52 prs pgo 9 LOCHRG LOCHRG 11 13 12 ROT ROI2 53 pre 18 CHRG OFF CHRG_OFF 50 15 dl LOCHRG REG I LOCHRG REQ 54 PF PB2 11 ELON ELON 13 35 B PB3 12 LEDRUN LEDRUN 13216 PBH 13 PROX RIR E xPROX 15 17 pps Ou DIST AIR EN 1 xDIST RIR EN 15 24 PBO 18 POWERHOLD PB 18 HSENSEN 3V75REF A DIG RS RN18 5 Qiu 015 3 VSREF R VDD 43 ypp 110K M PN2222 3
141. T CONNECTION AND GROUND CONTINUITY TEST OPTIONAL NURSE CALL FUNCTION TEST OPTIONAL 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 iv 4 11 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 13 4 13 4 13 4 13 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 14 4 15 4 15 4 15 4 16 4 16 4 18 4 19 4 19 4 20 4 20 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 9 5 9 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 14 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 18 Plum XL Series 5 Section 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 1 61 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE 6 1 62 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES 6 1 6 21 OPERATIONAL ALARM MESSAGES 6 2 6 2 ERROR CODES REQUIRING TECHNICAL SERVICE 6 6 6 23 SERVICEMODE PR ee de 6 11 62 31 ALARM HISTORY 6 11 6 2 3 2 SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER 6 12 6 2 3 3 RUN TIME AND BATTERY RUN TIME 6 12 6 2 3 4 PARAMETER PROGRAMMING XLM WITH DATAPORT 6 12 6 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 6 14 Section 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 7 1 71 REPLACEABLE PARTS 7 1 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 7 5 7 21 SAFETY AND EQUIPMENT PRECAUTIONS 743 722 REQUIRED TOOLS AND MATERIALS 7 3 7 23 RUBBER FOOT PAD REPLACEMENT 7 4 7 24 BATTERY WITH WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY BATTERY DOOR AND BATTERY DOOR PAD REPLACEMENT 7 6 7 2 5 SEPARATING THE FRONT ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY AND MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY 7 7 7 26 FRONT ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY OR MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY REPLACEM
142. VISIONAL n R71 IS LOCATED RT EMI FIX CABLE ASM 249 00562 003 Sheet 1 of 2 Technical Service Manual 9 109 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 110 Plum XL Series gt 7 J4 11 24 12 24 7 24 17 4 18 Ju 8 Ju 16 BUSS BRTT C ru RED J26 1 BUSS 2 1 8055 ae BATT HKDC a FHKDC M T 3 amp 2 0 RH 12 5 R18 CRRBON R59 75K 5 BATT TPu u 75K TP8 BRTT e 4 gt BATT BLK 10K 2 5 LM339 M rome BE 2 AUDI 1 06 860 gt F2 5V Im 2 49K R66 R68 k R38 PVDIG ORN 126 3 t HEATSINK 190 57 180 n m 4 75K 2 CARBON as Bato 26 4 25 09 2 R31 R32 2N7888 R20 2 lt gt 2 l 475 i 100K R53 BAT2 C31 C32 100K gt Ju 15 100p 0 1 R67 Sol s D TP1 TP7 TS 010 18K Y R33 RAWGND 2 4 PN2222 NS iv HKDC Locuao PHO aisi gt 1 E VDIG 100 INU1UB ETE CHRG OFF R19 cng BUSS Ju 3
143. WA Schematic XL International Power Supply PWA Schematic Domestic Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM International Power Supply PWA Schematic with DataPort Buzzer PWA Schematic Tables Global Product Conventions Battery Charge Current States Cleaning Solutions Battery Charger Current Test Parameters Operational Alarm Messages and Corrective Actions Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Service Mode Control Knob Settings Sub Modes of Parameter Programming Communication Circuitry Selections PVT Troubleshooting Wire Color Coding Drawings IPB for the Infusion System Guidance and Manufacturer s Dedlar one El ctronrienetie Emissions Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic for Life Supporting Equipment and Systems Recommended Separation Distances Between Portable and Mobile RF Communications Equipment and the LifeCare XLM with DataPort 9 37 9 39 9 43 9 47 9 83 9 85 9 99 9 105 9 107 9 109 9 113 9 117 9 121 9 129 9 137 1 5 4 4 5 2 5 16 6 6 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 7 18 9 1 9 2 1 2 3 5 Plum XL Series sy Section 1 INTRODUCTION The Plum XL XL Micro Macro and XL Micro Macro with DataPort Infusion Systems are dual line volumetric infusion systems designed to meet the growing demand for hospital wide device standardization
144. affected by absorption and reflection from structures objects and people The ISM industrial scientific and medical bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6 765 MHz to 6 795 MHz 13 553 MHz to 13 567 MHz 26 957 MHz to 27 283 MHz and 40 660 MHz to 40 700 MHz b The compliance levels in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2 5 GHz are intended to decrease the likelihood that mobile portable communications equipment could cause interference if itis inadvertently brought into patient areas For this reason an additional factor of 10 3 is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in these frequency ranges Field strengths from fixed transmitters such as base stations for radio cellular and or cordless telephones and land mobile radios amateur radio AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters an electromagnetic site survey should be considered If the measured field strength in the location in which the LifeCare XLM with DataPort is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above the LifeCare XLM with DataPort should be observed to verify normal operation If abnormal performance is observed additional measures may be necessary such as re orienting or relocating the LifeCare XLM with DataPort Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 8
145. ake certain the battery is in good condition and charged If necessary second battery for this test 1 Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power Remove the battery access cover and disconnect the battery 2 Connect the battery charger test circuit as illustrated in Figure 5 7 Make certain switch S1 is in the off position 3 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power and allow 20 seconds for the current to stabilize Read the current on the current meter 4 Compare the measured current to the minimum and maximum values in Table 5 2 Battery Charger Current Test Parameters Note Ifthe reading is too low the battery may be fully charged Close switch S1 repeat Step 3 and verify per Table 5 2 5 Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power Remove the battery charger test circuit Reconnect the battery to the infusion system Replace the battery access cover and secure Technical Service Manual 5 15 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS TO CURRENT METER N TO PUMP TO BATTERY J1 7 J2 1 RED RED 1 pi BLK 2 51 5 3 ORG 3 4 GRN 4 R1 10 OHMS 20 WATTS 5 04K01030 Figure 5 7 Battery Charger Current Test Configuration Table 5 2 Battery Charger Current Test Parameters Battery Jumper between Type
146. ammed Table 6 4 Sub Modes of Parameter Programming Sub Mode Sub Mode Name Purpose Index To select the communication with Communication Selection the host computer Soft ID To enter the soft ID of the infusion system Channel Label To enter the channel label of the infusion system 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 6 12 Plum XL Series 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES 6 2 3 4 1 Communication Selection The value of the communication selection can be either O or 1 Value 0 means that the communication circuitry of the infusion system will be powered up when the device is operating on AC mains power and will be powered down when the infusion system is operating on battery Value 1 means the communication circuitry will be powered up regardless of the power supply type Table 6 5 Communication Circuitry Selections shows how the communication selection and the power supply determine the power of the communication circuitry Use the A and W keys to toggle the value between O and 1 Table 6 5 Communication Circuitry Selections Selection AC Operation Battery Operation Power up communication circuitry Power down communication circuitry Power up communication circuitry Power up communication circuitry 6 2342 Soft ID The large digits indicate the current value of the soft ID The range is between 0 and 9999 Use the A and keys to change the value The A key increases the value up to but
147. an VAC mains power cord 11555 88 Spanish 11846 88 11859 88 11555 27 Australia 210 260 Detachable AC English 11846 27 VAC mains power cord 11859 27 11555 54 UK 11846 54 11859 54 11555 09 Spanish 210 260 Detachable AC Icons 11846 09 Latin VAC mains power cord 11859 09 America 2 Plum XL Series 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 1 2 GLOBAL PRODUCT CONFIGURATIONS Table 1 1 Global Product Configurations Power List Number Country Supply Rear Case 11555 29 11846 29 11859 29 French 11555 36 11846 36 11859 36 11846 42 11859 42 Europe Italy 11555 46 11846 46 Swedish 11859 63 Poland 11859 69 Hungary 11859 71 Technical Service Manual Czech Republic Complies with IEC EN 60601 1 2 2001 v EN 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION ICON BASED ENGLISH LANGUAGE SET VTBI HOLD RESET SET RATE CLEAR VOL OFF a CHARGE 04K01021 Figure 1 1 Plum XL Icon Based and English Language Front Panels ICON BASED ENGLISH LANGUAGE uM RUIGKSET THRATE BACK SET VTBI HOLD RESET CLEAR SET RATE VOL OFF CHARGE Figure 1 2 Plum XLM Icon Based and English Language Front Panels 04K01022 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 1 4 Plum XL Series 1 3 CONVENTIONS The conventions listed in Table 1 2 Conventions are used throughout this manual Table 1 2 Conventions Convention Italic Ap
148. assembly low during Section 7 2 9 2 re synchronization Enable circuit failed Check connection Plunger motor not moving at J7 on MCU PWA If condition recurs contact Hospira 61 1 Input output motor Position sensor failure Replace mechanism position flag is assembly continuous high during Section 7 2 9 2 re synchronization Input output motor Check connection not moving at J8 on MCU PWA If condition recurs contact Hospira 61 2 Input output motor Position sensor failure Replace mechanism position signal is assembly continuous low during Section 7 2 9 2 re synchronization Enable circuit failure Check connection Input output motor at J8 MCU PWA not moving If condition recurs contact Hospira 62 1 Primary secondary Position sensor failure Replace mechanism motor position flag is assembly continuous high during Section 7 2 9 2 re synchronization Primary secondary Check connection motor not moving at J9 on MCU PWA If condition recurs contact Hospira 62 2 Primary secondary Position sensor failure Replace mechanism motor position signal is assembly continuous low during Section 7 2 9 2 re synchronization Enable circuit failure Check connection Primary secondary at J9 on MCU PWA motor not moving If condition recurs contact Hospira 63 1 Plunger motor phase loss Plunger motor does not Replace mechanism have enough torque Mechanical assembly failure assembly Section 7 2 9 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 0
149. ataPort MCU cable 7 27 Main chassis assembly components 7 32 Main chassis assembly 7 9 MCU PWA 7 33 MCU buzzer cable replacement 7 31 Mechanism assembly 7 35 Mechanism shield replacement 7 36 Opener handle assembly 7 41 Pole clamp components 7 28 Pole clamp shaft tip 7 30 Pole clamp shaft knob assembly 7 30 Power supply PWA 7 17 Rear enclosure assembly components 7 14 Rear enclosure assembly 7 9 Required tools and materials 7 3 Rubber foot pad replacement 7 4 Safety and equipment precautions 7 3 Sensor MCU cable assembly 7 33 Separating the front rear and main chassis assemblies 7 7 Strain relief bushing 7 19 Velcro retainer strap 7 19 Required tools and materials 7 3 Routine maintenance 5 1 Cleaning 5 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Inspecting the infusion system 5 1 Sanitizing the infusion system 5 2 Rubber foot pad replacement 7 4 Run indicator circuitry 4 12 Run time 6 12 5 Safety and equipment precautions 7 3 Sanitizing the infusion system 5 2 Schematics Bubble sensor PWA 9 99 Buzzer PWA 9 137 Display PWA XL 9 83 Display PWA XLM 9 85 MCU XL 9 39 MCU PWA XLM with DataPort 9 47 MCU PWA XLM 9 43 Pin detector flex circuit 9 107 Plum XL block diagram 9 37 Power supply PWA XL Domestic 9 109 XL International 9 113 XLM Domestic 9 117 XLM International 9 121 XLM with DataPort 9 129 Scope 1 1 Self test 1 9 5 7 Sensor PWA 4 13 AC amplifier circuitry 4 1
150. ay PWA from the front enclosure assembly 6 Disconnect the MCU display cable from the display PWA Replace the MCU display cable if it is defective or damaged 7 Install the replacement display PWA in the exact reverse order of removal 8 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 9 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful display PWA and MCU display cable replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 7 2 7 2 FRONT PANEL KEY REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver and No 2 Phillips screwdriver The replacement part for this procedure is Key Front Panel Switch Activated CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the front panel keys refer to Figure 7 4 then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Remove the display PWA as described in Section 7 2 7 1 3 Remove the front panel keys from the key recesses and install replacements see Figure 7 4 4 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM
151. ble Screw 6 32 x 3 4 Hex Head Slotted with Washer As Applicable Screw 6 32 x 3 8 Slotted Type T As Applicable Screw 6 32 x 1 Hex Head Slotted with Washer As Applicable Kit Screw Lock 4 40 x 312 As Applicable Kit Screw Lock 4 40 As Applicable Nut KEP 6 32 As Applicable Nut Hex Metric DIN 934 As Applicable 74 Nut Hex Metric DIN 439 As Applicable 75 Nut Hex Self Locking 4 40 As Applicable 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 4 Plum XL Series SECTION 9 DRAWINGS Table 9 2 IPB for the Infusion System Replacement Index No Nomenclature Procedure Washer Lock 1 4 Internal Tooth 025 Thk As Applicable Washer Flat 147 x 032 Thk Brass As Applicable Washer Flat 253 x 050 Thk As Applicable Washer Flat 566 x 255 x 030 Thk SS As Applicable Cable Tie Section 7 2 9 1 Section 7 2 9 2 81 Mount Cable Tie Adhesive Back Section 7 2 9 2 82 Screw 4 40 x 1 4 Hex Head Nylon Section 7 2 8 9 83 Washer Shoulder 4 Nylon Section 7 2 8 9 84 Cap DataPort Section 7 2 8 9 Technical Service Manual 9 5 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 6 Plum XL Series Merc 04K04002 Technical Service Manual HOSPIRA INC Figure 9 1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown DRAWING NO NOT APPLICABLE Rev N A 430 00
152. chip failure Section 7 2 9 1 Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 44 1 Audio BUZZER signal Audio buzzer Replace MCU PWA 44 2 out of range or circuit failure Section 7 2 9 1 ADC on MCU chip not functioning properly or ADC reference voltage not correct Check fuse F3 on power supply PWA replace fuse if defective Section 7 2 8 1 If condition recurs contact Hospira 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Plum XL Series 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES Table 6 2 Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Malfunction Description Possible Cause PRI SEC key stuck in ON position Switch S1 on display PWA shorted or stuck Corrective Action Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Front panel key stuck Replace key Section 7 2 7 2 Replace front enclosure assembly Section 7 2 6 45 2 UP key stuck in ON position Switch S3 on display PWA shorted or stuck Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Front panel key stuck Replace key Section 7 2 7 2 Replace front enclosure assembly Section 7 2 6 45 3 DOWN key stuck in ON position Switch S2 on display PWA shorted or stuck Front panel key stuck Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Replace key Section 7 2 7 2 Replace front enclosure assembly Section 7 2 6 45 4 TITRATE key stuck in ON position Switch S4 on display PWA shorted or
153. closures 15 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful MCU PWA replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 MCU PWA MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY MECHANISM ASSEMBLY OPENER HANDLE 6 32 1 2 SENSOR MCU ASSEMBLY HEX HEAD CABLE ASSEMBLY SCREW 04K01011 Figure 7 16 Exploded View of the Main Chassis Assembly 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 34 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES MCU PWA FERRITE X P5 SENSOR MCU J5 CABLE UJ BATTERY COMPARTMENT 04K01028 Figure 7 17 Top View of the Main Chassis Assembly 7 2 9 2 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT The recommended tool for this procedure are diagonal cutters and a medium size flat blade screwdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are Assembly Mechanism Screw 6 32 x 1 2 Hex Head Slotted Tie Cable Mount Cable Tie Adhesive Back CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the mechanism assembly refer to Figure 7 16 then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Technical Service Manual 7 35 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7
154. d to scroll through the alarm history The first entry displayed is the most recent alarm To view a previous alarm press the A key The large numerals increment to indicate the order of alarms Pressing the A key has no effect when the end of the alarm history is reached To review the entries press the W key When preventive maintenance is performed on the infusion system it may be desirable to clear the alarm history Clear the alarm history by simultaneously pressing and holding the PRI SEC key and the BACKPRIME key for four seconds The small digits flash and an audible tone sounds four times at a once per second rate After four seconds the alarm history list is cleared Technical Service Manual 6 11 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 3 2 SOFIWARE REVISION NUMBER When the infusion system is in service mode and the control knob is set to the SET VTBI position the software revision number can be viewed The decimal point does not appear in the software revision number display but is implied after the first digit For example if the display shows 105 the software revision number is 1 05 The software revision number may be necessary when contacting Hospira 6 2 3 3 RUN TIME AND BATTERY RUN TIME When the infusion system is in service mode and the control knob is set to the RUN position the run time and battery run time can be viewed In the run time and battery run time display large digits indica
155. dates 02 and disabled by C14 R9 R8 and 4 2 5 2 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY XLM DISPLAY PWA 003 AND LOWER IC U2 is the 128 segment LCD driver that can drive the four backplanes and 32 frontplanes LCD panel U4 has 110 front panel segments multiplexed with the four backplanes Display data is clocked serially into U2 via DIN pin 39 and DCLK pin 38 The LCD drive frequency approximately 100 Hz is set by R7 and is not synchronized to the data input into U2 4 2 5 3 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY XLM DISPLAY PWA 004 AND HIGHER IC U13 is the 128 segment LCD driver that can drive the four backplanes and 32 frontplanes LCD panel U4 has 110 front panel segments multiplexed with the four backplanes Display data is clocked serially into U13 via DATA pin 58 and SCL pin 57 The LCD drive frequency approximately 100 Hz is set by R31 and is not synchronized to the data input into U13 Technical Service Manual 4 11 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 2 5 4 EL PANEL DRIVER CIRCUITRY XL Transistor Q1 and transformer T1 windings 1 3 primary and 4 2 feedback constitute the main oscillator positive feedback The T1 output winding 5 8 provides a large turn ratio to T1 primary winding to boost the output to 300 volts peak to peak Vpp The capacitance of EL panel EL1 and the inductance of the T1 output winding dictates the oscillation frequency of 300 Hz to 500 Hz As the capacitance of EL1 d
156. e ICs U2A U3A U3D and or U2B U3B U2C or 051 USA U4D to switch the power metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistors MOSFETs Q1 through Q4 Q5 through Q8 or Q9 through Q12 When active RESET disables motor activity 4 2 3 7 PIN DETECTOR CIRCUITRY The pin detector circuitry detects the primary and secondary valve pin motion When PSV EN is active PSV EN becomes active and a constant current flows through light emitting diode LED and LED CR2 and CR2 are located in the pin detector sensor assembly mounted on the bubble sensor PWA If P S EN is active IC U11A is activated and U11B is de activated and vice versa U11 serves as two hysteresis comparators and its output PS VALVE is edge detected by the MCU PWA The positive edges are detected by the MCU PWA input The negative edges are detected by the MCU PWA PC3 input 4 2 3 8 UART XLM WITH DATAPORT The UART used the Plum with DataPort infusion system is TL16C450 made by Texas Instruments It is a complementary metal oxide semiconductor CMOS field effect transistor FET version of an asynchronous communication element ACE typically functioning in a microcomputer system as a serial input output interface The UART performs serial to parallel conversion on data received from the host computer and performs parallel to serial conversion on data received from the MCU The MCU can read the status of
157. e amplifier filter AC mains amplifier voltage reference opto interrupter and EEPROM see Figure 9 21 Sensor PWA Schematic 4 2 6 1 PRESSURE AMPLIFIER FILTER CIRCUITRY The pressure amplifier circuitry U7 resistors and R11 through R16 and capacitors C2 and C3 is a differential amplifier with an approximate gain of 600 Capacitors C2 and C3 are part of an automatic zero system within U7 The combination of resistors R13 and R11 makes it possible for R12 trimpot to compensate for up to a 3 millivolt mV offset input from the strain gauge In case of larger offsets R13 must be removed from the sensor PWA R12 is adjusted to approximately 40 7 VDC at distal pressure DISTPRES so that negative pressure spikes can be read by the MCU PWA The filter circuitry resistors and capacitors C4 and C5 and IC U8A constitutes two pole 30 Hz Bessel active filter The filter alternates the 500 Hz automatic zero switching frequency of U7 and other noise Technical Service Manual 4 13 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 2 6 2 AC AMPLIFIER CIRCUITRY The AC mains amplifier circuitry IC U8A processes negative spikes that may signify an occlusion on DISTPRES to a level manageable by the MCU PWA analog to digital A D converter The AC amplifier blocks slow pressure changes and amplifies the spikes to the required level The AC amplifier also divides into the logarithmic compression circuit re
158. e bubble sensor PWA consists of the following circuitry transmitter receiver which includes two channels proximal and distal and pin detector flex see Figure 9 21 Sensor PWA Schematic and Figure 9 22 Pin Detector Flex Circuit Schematic Note Both proximal and distal sensors can transmit or receive 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 14 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW 4 2 7 1 TRANSMITTER CIRCUITRY The transmitter circuitry consists of a sweep oscillator a voltage controlled oscillator VCO and a driver The sweep oscillator ICs U1A and portion of U2 capacitor C5 and resistor R15 through R18 oscillates at approximately 12 kHz with a 50 percent duty cycle A CMOS gate within U2 is used for a quality rail to rail symmetrical signal for greater timing accuracy The output of the sweep oscillator C2 is between 2 VDC and 3 VDC The C2 output is used to sweep the VCO at U2 9 IC U2 capacitor C7 and resistor R21 constitute the VCO U2 is originally a phase lock loop PLL IC with the VCO portion sweeping output frequencies from 4 MHz to 6 MHz The VCO center frequency is determined by R21 and C7 Activating either signal PROX AIR EN or DIST AIR EN enables the VCO The driver consists of a push pull emitter follower complementary pair of transistors Q4 and 95 The driver supplies input to proximal sensor X1 and distal sensor X2 4 2 7 2 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY The receiver consists of an amplifier detector and buff
159. e is in the following format FXX YYYY RZZZZ where XX Hard ID YYYY Soft ID 2222 CRC 12 Turn the control knob to the OFF position 13 Disconnect the infusion system from the RS 232 cable DataPort Connector Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing AUDIBLE LEVEL SWITCH AUDIBLE HI REAR ENCLOSURE PIN 5 NURSE2 PIN 4 NURSE1 PIN 10 CTS PIN 9 COMGND 04K01029 Figure 5 8 DataPort Connector Technical Service Manual 5 17 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 6 NURSE CALL FUNCTION TEST OPTIONAL To perform the nurse call function test refer to Figure 5 8 then proceed as follows 1 Confirm the infusion system and appropriate accessories are fully assembled 2 Turn the control knob to the SET RATE position Set the rate to a value greater than 40 mL hr 3 Turn the control knob to SET VTBI position Set volume to 100 mL Turn the control knob to RUN to start pumping fluid 5 Measure the continuity between 4 and 5 with DMM Verify there is an open circuit between the two pins 6 After several pumping cycles clamp the tubing proximal to the cassette After drops stop falling in the sight chamber verify an occlusion alarms occurs within three pumping cycles 7 Measure the continuity between pin 4 and pin 5 wit
160. e medium size flat blade screwdriver remove the two remaining hex head screws located on the enclosure bottom Remove the two hex head screws from the carrying handle Note Do not remove the ground test point screw Separate the front and rear enclosures by carefully pulling the carrying handles apart Disconnect the MCU Display PWA cable from J3 on the MCU PWA see Figure 7 2 XLM only Slowly back off the rear enclosure assembly two to three inches and disconnect the MCU Buzzer cable from J10 on the MCU PWA For devices equipped with DataPort only Disconnect the DataPort MCU cable from J11 on the MCU PWA Separate the main chassis assembly from the rear enclosure assembly being careful not to remove the power supply PWA from the rear enclosure Technical Service Manual 7 7 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 90 2 800 8 00 087 seueg 1x GASKET 2 6 32 x 1 2 REAR HEX HEAD ENCLOSURE SCREW 4 FRONT ENCLOSURE MCU DISPLAY CABLE MCU BUZZER AC POWER CABLE CORD MAIN een DATAPORT MCU CHASSIS CABLE ASSEMBLY 04K01005 Figure 7 2 Front Enclosure Main Chassis Assembly and Rear Enclosure SHlIVddd SLYVd 3 18V3OV 1488 Z NOILO3S 7 2 6 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES FRONT ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY OR MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT The recommended tool for this procedure is a medium size
161. e selftest If the alarm condition recurs note the message and take corrective action see Section 6 Troubleshooting If the alarm condition continues to recur remove the infusion system from service and contact Hospira ENGLISH LANGUAGE ICON BASED AIR IN LINE EMPTY LOW BATTERY VTBI COMPLETE DOOR CASSETTE 6 2 OR 0 x TURN TORUN CHECK SETTINGS OCCLUSION SECONDARY PRIMARY BACKPRIMING KVO 2 1 mL mL mLIH mL s BEBE HEHH wO O n Rp VTBI TOTAL VOLUME PIGGYBACK DELIVERED 2 4 mL H 04K01024 Figure 1 3 Plum XL LCD Test Screens ENGLISH LANGUAGE ICON BASED 1 LINE LOCKED LOW BATTERY VTBI COMPLETE DOOR CASSETTE TURN TO RUN CHECK SETTINGS OCCLUSION SECONDARY PRIMARY BACKPRIMING Hn LLLI 98668 Hc ri mim m VTBI TOTAL VOLUME PIGGYBACK ML HR MICRO DELIVERED 04K01025 Figure 1 4 Plum LCD Test Screens Note LCD screens on international infusion systems icon based with the exceptions of country codes 27 and 54 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 1 10 Plum XL Series EEn Section 2 WARRANTY Subject to the terms and conditions herein Hospira Inc herein referred to as Hospira warrants that a the product shall conform to Hospira s standard specifications and be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a pe
162. ecreases because of aging the frequency increases to maintain a constant brightness A control loop consisting of diode capacitors C13 and C10 resistors R13 R3 and R6 IC U10B and transistor Q2 maintains a constant output amplitude by rectifying the output and comparing it to the ELON signal 4 2 5 5 LED BACKLIGHT PANEL AND DRIVER XLM The display backlight panel is an array of 60 LEDs arranged as parallel elements of two series LEDs The required drive voltage of the panel equals two LED voltage drops of approximately 4 2 VDC The actual forward voltage changes with temperature and varies from panel to panel Driving the panel with a constant current compensates for varying voltage requirements The XLM backlight panel requires approximately 200 mA for optimum brightness The current is controlled utilizing a current mode switching technique enabling high efficiency operation with a wide power supply range of 7 to 11 volts The signal VMOT is the supply voltage for the backlight constant current regulator Current through 05 LED panel is regulated by Q3 operation until the voltage across current sensing resistors R14 R23 and R24 exceeds a reference voltage of approximately 96 mV The voltage drop is filtered by R13 and C7 and then compared to the turn off threshold determined by the voltage divider R11 and R12 Comparator 03 pin 1 drives low when the current through R14 R23 and R24 exceeds the turn off threshold disc
163. ectify the transformer T2 voltage to create the main DC voltage source for the infusion system Diode 10 resistor R23 U4 and capacitor C19 constitute a secondary 12 VDC control loop for protection in case of primary loop failure Diode CR12 and capacitor C25 create a feed forward converted negative voltage across capacitor C25 to switch transistor Q9 on through resistor 57 and diode CR14 The Q9 output housekeeping DC HKDC provides the necessary voltage to power both the main regulation loop and the charger circuitry HKDC is at ground level when AC mains is off and diode CR14 inhibits unnecessary battery power drain Resistors R58 through R60 capacitors through C32 and IC U9 filter HKDC and create a stable 42 5 VDC reference voltage F2 5V Both HKDC and F2 5V are at ground level when AC mains is off IC U8B with resistors R7 R21 R39 R43 through R45 capacitor C27 and IC constitute the main loop control Transistor Q7 resistor R42 and diode eliminate latch up at AC mains power up by enabling voltage regulation only after BUSS reaches 9 VDC VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUITRY voltage regulator circuitry Q5 and Q4 and associated passive 220V components is at 9 35 VDC when AC mains is on Transistor Q2 remains forward biased by HKDC through diode CR9 and resistors R11 and R12 While transistor Q2 remains on transistor Q3 is disabled to inhibit POWERHOLD a
164. ed separation distance meters m can be determined using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter where pis the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts W according to the transmitter manufacturer Note At 80MHz and 800 MHz the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies Note The ISM industrial scientific and medical bands between 150 kHz and 80 MHz are 6 765 MHz to 6 695 MHz 13 553 MHz to 13 567 MHz 26 957 MHz to 27 283 MHz and 40 660 MHz to 40 700 MHz Note An additional factor of 10 3is used in calculating the recommended separation distance for transmitters in the ISM frequency bands between 150 kHz and 80MHz and in the frequency range 80 MHz to 2 5 GHz to decrease the likelihood that mobile portable communications equipment could cause interference if it is inadvertently brought into patient areas Note These guidelines may not apply in all situations Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structure objects and people Note V 10Vrms 10 Vrms and 10 V meter Technical Service Manual A 5 430 00587 008 Rev 1 05 APPENDIX This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 1 05 A 6 Plum XL Series INDEX A AC amplifier circuitry 4 14 AC power cord replacement 115V 7 19 220V 7 21 AC receptacle replacement 220V 7 22 Acronyms and abbreviations 1 6 Adhesive backed insulator replacement
165. electronically connected to the BUZI1 3 buzzer drive and the sound level decreases 0100 and U10F constitute a memory unit that disables the oscillator circuit when the U10F output is high At AC mains power up POWERHOLD becomes active and changes the U10D U10F memory unit to enable the oscillator circuit At a voluntary power off DIST AIR EN and PROX_AIR_EN become momentarily active This momentary activation of DIST AIR EN and PROX_AIR_EN allows the memory unit to change to an oscillator disabling state and the alarm does not sound At a catastrophic failure however the memory unit remains enabled and the alarm sounds During a catastrophic failure the alarm can be disabled by positioning the infusion system control knob to OFF CHARGE 4 2 3 4 ALARM CIRCUITRY The alarm circuitry includes an oscillator circuit consisting of inverters U10C U10B and U1OE The oscillator circuit generates acoustic power at a predetermined frequency based on the BUZI self resonance Normally the BUZZER signal is low U9 10 is high and resistor network RN8 7 and RN8 8 disables the oscillator The alarm can be activated by the BUZZER or RESET signals becoming active and pulling RN8 7 down U10D and U10F constitute a memory unit that disables the oscillator circuit when the U 10F output is high At AC mains power up POWERHOLD becomes active and changes the U10D U10F memory unit to enable the oscillator circuit At a voluntary power off DIST A
166. ent installation procedure consists of unpacking inspecting and self test Note Do not place the infusion system in service if the battery is not fully charged To make certain the battery is fully charged connect the infusion system to AC mains power for eight hours see Section 8 Specifications 1 8 1 UNPACKING Inspect the infusion system shipping container as detailed in Section 1 8 2 Inspection Use care when unpacking the infusion system Retain the packing slip and save all packing materials in the event it is necessary to return the infusion system to the factory Verify that the shipping container includes a copy of the system operating manual 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 1 8 Plum XL Series 1 8 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1 8 2 INSPECTION Inspect the infusion system for shipping damage Should any damage be found contact the delivering carrier immediately CAUTION Do not use the infusion system if it appears to be damaged Should damage be found contact Hospira see Section 6 1 Technical Assistance Do not use the infusion system if it appears to be damaged Inspect the infusion system periodically for signs of defects such as worn accessories broken connections or damaged cable assemblies Also inspect the infusion system after repair or during cleaning Replace any damaged or defective external parts 1 8 3 SELF TEST CAUTION Do not place the infusion system in service if the self test fails To
167. er The amplifier consists of transistors Q3 Q6 Q2 and associated passive components The amplifier is biased by 2V5REF and is designed for wide power supply range is biased by PROX AIR EN in order to receive from proximal sensor Xl Q6 is biased by DIST AIR EN to receive from distal sensor X2 The detector is an emitter follower transistor Q1 Q1 allows maximum input impedance Capacitor and resistor constitute time constant of 200 microseconds pS Since the time between peaks is approximately 40 pS the output OPT remains high with a pronounced sawtooth ripple The buffer IC U1A and resistors R7 and R2 also amplifies the detected signal 4 2 7 3 PIN DETECTOR FLEX CIRCUITRY The pin detector flex circuitry detects movement of the primary and secondary valve pins by optical transmitters and CR2 and optical receivers Q1 and Q2 Light interrupters are attached to the pins and as the pins move the appropriate valve movement signals are transferred to the MCU PWA through the bubble sensor PWA Technical Service Manual 4 15 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 3 MECHANICAL OVERVIEW The principal mechanical elements of the infusion system include the cassette and the mechanism assembly When a cassette is locked into the operating position and the control knob is turned on the infusion system performs a self test to verify the integrity of the internal systems The operatio
168. erwise the RESET output becomes active RESET also becomes active if digital voltage VDIG is out of range RESET causes the MCU PWA to reset blocks any signal to the motors and turns the alarm on 4 2 3 2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY The serial communication circuitry interchanges data between the MCU PWA and either the liquid crystal display LCD screen or the electrically erasable programmable read only memory EEPROM Although data is transmitted to both the LCD screen and the EEPROM the clock is diverted only to the selected receiver If EE CS is active then SCK appears as at IC U9C If EE CS is inactive then SCK is inverted to appear as LCD CLK at IC U8B Data is read from either the LCD screen or the EEPROM If EE CS is active then EE DO appears as RXD at IC U7C If EE CS is inactive then LCD DO is inverted to appear as RXD at IC U7C Technical Service Manual 4 7 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 2 3 3 ALARM CIRCUITRY XL The alarm circuitry includes an oscillator circuit consisting of inverters U10C U10B and U1OE The oscillator circuit generates acoustic power at a predetermined frequency based on the BUZI self resonance Normally the BUZZER signal is low U9 10 is high and resistor network RN8 7 and RN8 8 disables the oscillator The alarm can be activated by the BUZZER or RESET signals becoming active and pulling RN8 7 down When SW1 is set to LO resistor R13 is
169. ette not properly seated Reseat cassette Defective sensor PWA Replace mechanism assembly Defective mechanism assembly Replace mechanism assembly Defective MCU PWA or ribbon cable Replace MCU PWA or ribbon cable Defective display PWA or ribbon cable Replace display PWA or ribbon cable Alarm loudness test Section 5 2 8 Section 5 2 9 Corrosive buildup on bottom surface of the buzzer located on the MCU board Defective MCU PWA Clean buzzer see Section 5 1 4 Replace MCU PWA Defective power supply PWA Replace power supply PWA Battery legend test Section 5 2 10 Defective fuse Replace fuse Defective AC mains cordset Replace AC mains cordset Defective display PWA or ribbon cable Replace display PWA or ribbon cable Defective power supply PWA Replace power supply PWA Free flow test Section 5 2 11 Cassette not properly seated Reseat cassette Defective cassette Replace cassette Defective or dirty valve pins Clean valve pins Replace mechanism assembly Proximal occlusion test Section 5 2 12 Closed proximal clamp Open clamp Cassette not properly primed Reprime cassette Defective cassette Replace cassette Dirty sensor pin Clean sensor pin Defective sensor PWA Replace mechanism assembly Distal occlusion test Section 5 2 13 Cassette not properly primed Reprime casset
170. flat blade screwdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are Assembly Enclosure Front Assembly Enclosure Rear Chassis Main Gasket Front Rear Enclosure CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly or main chassis assembly refer to Figure 7 2 then proceed as follows 1 2 8 Separate the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 To replace the front enclosure assembly remove the specific components described in Section 7 2 7 Front Enclosure Assembly Component Replacement To replace the rear enclosure assembly remove the specific components described in Section 7 2 8 Rear Enclosure Assembly Component Replacement To replace the main chassis assembly remove the specific components described in Section 7 2 9 Main Chassis Assembly Component Replacement Inspect the front enclosure assembly gaskets and replace if necessary see Figure 7 2 Reassemble the replacement front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly or main chassis assembly components Refer to the specific procedure in Section 7 2 7 Section 7 2 8 or Section 7 2 9 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of separatio
171. ful fuse replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 15 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY AC POWER CORD Figure 7 5 Fuse Replacement 115 REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY AC POWER CORD FUSE COVER 2 Figure 7 6 Fuse Replacement 220 VAC 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 16 04K01034 04K01035 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 7 2 8 2 POWER SUPPLY PWA REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver and a 1 4 inch nutdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are PWA Power Supply Screw 6 32 x 5 16 Hex Head Slotted CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the power supply PWA refer to Figure 7 7 Power Supply PWA then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Disconnect the AC mains power cord wire from J16 see Table 7 1 Wire Color Coding 3 Disconnect the AC mains power cord wire from J17 see Table 7 1 4 For all infusion systems except Plum XL domestic disconnect the AC mains power cord wire from J18 see Table 7 1 5 Using a 1 4 inch nutdriver remove the two hex
172. fusion system Accessible for ease of field replacement with color coded leads and polarized connector A fully charged new battery provides eight hours of operation at 125 mL hr 1000 mL total volume delivered whichever occurs first With DataPort circuitry disabled a fully charged new battery provides eight hours of operation at 125 mL hr or 1000 mL total volume delivered whichever occurs first With DataPort enabled a fully charged new battery provides approximately five hours of operation at 125 mL hr or 625 mL total volume delivered whichever occurs first Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing The battery charges whenever the infusion system is connected to AC mains power If the infusion system is operating at 125 mL hr a full recharge takes approximately 16 hours If the infusion system is turned to OFF CHARGE recharge takes approximately eight hours 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS ENVIRONMENT Operating Temperature TRANSPORT AND STORAGE ENVIRONMENT Temperature Relative Humidity Atmospheric Pressure DELIVERY RATE RANGE Primary Secondary Mode XL XLM KVO XL XLM DOSE LIMIT RANGE XL XLM OCCLUSION RANGE Distal 8 2 O to 40 C 1096 to 9096 relative humidity 20 to 60 C 1096 to 9096 0 10 000 feet 0 3 000m or equivalent pressure 1 to 999 mL hr in 1 mL increments 0 1 to 99 9 mL hr in 0 1 mL increments 100 to 999 mL hr in 1 mL i
173. h the DMM Verify there is a closed circuit between the two pins 8 Press SILENCE and unclamp the proximal tubing 9 Verify the continuity between pin 4 and pin 5 changes back to an open circuit once SILENCE is pressed 10 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE Note The nurse call alarm is not available in IEC compliant infusers 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 18 Plum XL Series 6 TROUBLESHOOTING This section contains information on obtaining technical assistance and alarm messages and error codes for the infusion system 6 1 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE For technical assistance product return authorization and to order parts accessories or manuals within the United States contact Hospira Technical Support Operations 1 800 241 4002 For additional technical assistance technical training and product information visit the website at www hospira com Send all authorized prepaid returns within the United States to the following address Hospira Inc Technical Support Operations 755 Jarvis Drive Morgan Hill California 95037 For technical assistance product return authorization and to order parts accessories or manuals from outside the United States contact the nearest Hospira sales office 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES Under most alarm conditions the infusion system ceases normal operation generates an audible alarm and displays an alarm message or error code o
174. h the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful DataPort MCU cable assembly replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 and the DataPort connection and ground continuity test in Section 5 5 Technical Service Manual 7 27 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 4 40 x 1 4 44 SHOULDER HEX HEAD WASHER 2 SCREW 2 REAR ENCLOSURE DATAPORT MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY SS A amp 5 ES 2 DATAPORT 8 CAP 4 40 x 5 16 LOCK SCREW KIT 2 DATAPORT GASKET DATAPORT BRACKET DATAPORT GROUND CABLE ASSEMBLY 4 40 SELF LOCKING HEX NUT 2 04K01039 Figure 7 13 DataPort Assembly International 7 2 8 10 POLE CLAMP EXTRUSION POLE CLAMP BACKING PLATE AND ADHESIVE BACKED INSULATOR REPLACEMENT Recommended tools and materials for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver a 5 16 inch nutdriver and mild solvent The replacement parts for this procedure are Insulator Adhesive Backed Screw 10 32 x 1 2 Hex Head Slotted Plate Backing Pole Clamp Extrusion Pole Clanp CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the pole clamp extrusion pole clamp backing plate and adhesive backed insulator refe
175. harging C4 U1 senses the quick discharge of C1 and then turns off Q1 Q1 remains off while C4 charges via resistor R9 Q3 turns on when the the charge on C4 exceeds the input voltage high threshold of U3 pin 2 4 2 5 6 RUN INDICATOR CIRCUITRY LEDRUN when active turns LED 1 on IC U10A Q8 functions as a constant current source to LED1 by maintaining constant voltage across resistor R20 The voltage is approximately 43 33 VDC 4 2 5 7 LINE POWER INDICATOR CIRCUITRY HKDC is active when the infusion system is operating on AC mains and turns on the line power indicator LED2 HKDC brings transistor Q4 base voltage to VDIG Vf through R15 Vf equals forward voltage of diode This base voltage change causes Q4 to conduct and the current through LED2 equals approximately VDIG divided by the value of resistor R14 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 12 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW 4 2 5 8 CONTROL KNOB CIRCUITRY XL The control knob circuitry consists of transistor Q5 rotary switch Hall effect sensors U11 through 015 reed switch 57 ICs U4 U5 and U7 through U9 and associated passive components The control knob circuitry senses the control knob position and sends the position code to the MCU PWA The HSENSEN signal when active switches transistor Q5 on and allows the output of rotary switch Hall effect sensors 011 through 015 to be gated through ICs U4 U5 and U7 through 09 Resultant output conditions of ro
176. he primary or secondary valve The upper air trap chamber collects air bubbles from the IV line and container to prevent them from entering the pumping chamber the chamber can collect a substantial amount of air The controller tracks the amount of air collected in the upper air trap chamber If a predetermined air collection threshold is exceeded the controller starts an infusion system backprime and initiates a secondary display A proximal air in line sensor bubble detector is located between the primary secondary valves and the upper air trap chamber The proximal air in line sensor detects air entering the upper air trap chamber and initiates an audible alarm if the predetermined air collection threshold is exceeded Similarly a second air in line sensor located distal to the pumping chamber initiates an audible alarm if a predetermined amount of air is detected The pumping chamber receives fluid from the upper air trap chamber through an inlet valve When the diaphragm covering the pumping chamber is deflected by the plunger the pumping chamber expels fluid through an outlet valve A pressure sensor located distal to the pumping chamber monitors pressure on the distal side of the cassette A flow regulator is incorporated into the cassette distal end This flow regulator is used to manually control flow when the cassette is not inserted in the pump When the cassette is properly inserted into the infusion system and the infusion system doo
177. he upper portion of the mechanism shield to the mechanism assembly Pull the shield away from the top of the mechanism assembly at an approximate 15 degree angle Pull shield up and away clearing the mechanism assembly pins and plunger 5 Close the cassette door Oo Position the mechanism assembly to access its bottom 7 Grasp the cassette door pivot retainer clip sides and squeeze together to free the side flanges from the mechanism assembly see Figure 7 19 through Figure 7 22 Once flanges are free grasp the cassette door pivot retainer clip with needle nose pliers Simultaneously pull out and rotate the cassette door retainer clip toward the cassette door Note When removing the cassette door the left side door clip may fall free Verify the position of the left side door clip prior to cassette door removal 8 Fully open the cassette door Note the position of the left side door clip Grasp the mechanism assembly in one hand and with the other hand rotate and lift the cassette door free of the left side door clip Remove the cassette door from the hinge 9 Install the replacement cassette door in the exact reverse order of the cassette door removal Note Prior to mechanism shield replacement align the mechanism assembly pins 10 Install the replacement mechanism shield in the exact reverse order of removal 11 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joi
178. in the infusion system Technical Service Manual 5 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS CAUTION Certain cleaning and sanitizing compounds may slowly degrade components made from some plastic materials Using abrasive cleaners or cleaning solutions not recommended by Hospira may result in product damage and potentially void the product warranty Do not use compounds containing combinations of isopropyl alcohol and dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride CAUTION Do not use solvents that are harmful to plastic such as isopropyl alcohol or acetone on external surfaces or plastic components Do not use abrasive cleaners CAUTION To avoid infuser damage cleaning solutions should be used only as directed in Table 5 1 Cleaning Solutions The disinfecting properties of cleaning solutions vary consult the manufacturer for specific information l Clean the exposed surfaces of the infusion system with a soft lint free cloth dampened with one of the cleaning solutions listed in Table 5 1 or a mild solution of soapy water 2 Remove soap residue with clear water Do not use solvents that are harmful to plastic such as isopropyl alcohol or acetone Do not use abrasive cleaners Table 5 1 Cleaning Solutions Cleaning Solution Manufacturer Preparation Coverage HB Steris Corporation Per manufacturer s recommendation Dispatch Caltech Industries Per manufacturer s recommendation Formula C JohnsonDive
179. ional DRAWING NO Rev H 249 05916 003 Sheet 2 of 4 Technical Service Manual 9 123 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 124 Plum XL Series F2 C35 C37 CR1 i i NEUT 180 2507 100 2587 JE 7 81 LA UL 544 IEC 601 ISOLATION BARRIER 500 250V 3 144007 LINE CHOKE mM VR1 o a A i 420V C2 IM con LL8 1 D e T 250V 250v 1 44 VR2 Y V Y E Ree CARBON T 7 i 2 suievouugen 1 end 470 57 LINEAFI JIG 1 MAG gt 2 TPS CR12 TSOOmA 250V C36 C38 011 R77 joaPr asov 198 2507 RUG BUZ80A 1 1NU937 i GND UA p CR11 J18 1 CONNECT TO PN2eee BUSS EMI SHIELD uis 1 gt SHEET KERIS 3 MUR810 1N5252B CRU 1 HERTSINK T2 N 1Ns2u28 Cu i JT SY 12 PRI CLAMP
180. ircuitry 4 7 UART XLM with Dataport 4 9 Watchdog circuitry 4 7 MCU buzzer cable replacement 7 31 MCU display cable replacement 7 11 Mechanical overview 4 16 Cassette 4 16 Mechanism assembly 4 18 Mechanism assembly 4 18 Inlet outlet valve subsystem 4 20 Motor and valve assemblies 4 19 Plunger drive subsystem 4 20 Primary secondary valve subsystem 4 19 Replacement 7 35 Mechanism shield replacement 7 36 Motor and valve assemblies 4 19 Motor driver circuitry 4 9 N Nurse call alarm XLM with DataPort 4 10 Nurse call function test 5 18 O Open door alarm test 5 9 Opener handle assembly replacement 7 41 Operational alarm messages 6 2 Opto interrupter circuitry 4 14 P Parameter programming XLM with DataPort 6 12 Channel label 6 13 Technical Service Manual INDEX Communication selection 6 13 Soft ID 6 13 Performance verification test 5 4 Alarm loudness and lock function XLM 5 9 Alarm loudness test XL 5 9 Battery legend test 5 10 Delivery accuracy test 5 12 Distal occlusion test 5 11 Electrical safety test 5 13 Empty container air in line alarm test 5 12 End of performance verification test 5 14 Equipment required 5 4 Free flow test 5 10 Icons and english language equivalents 5 5 Inspection 5 6 Keypad and control knob test 5 8 Open door alarm test 5 9 Proximal occlusion test 5 10 Self test 5 7 Test setup 5 6 Periodic maintenance inspection 5 14
181. l bubble sensor tips removed LifeShield PlumSet List No 1642 LifeShield secondary set List No 11397 Digital multimeter DMM Fluke 187 21 gauge needle List No 04492 or 18 gauge blunt cannula Battery charger test box optional Computer with a terminal emulator optional RS 232 serial communication cable optional 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 4 Plum XL Series 5 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 52 3 ICONS AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE EQUIVALENTS International infusion systems use icons in displays and labels Refer to Figure 5 2 Icons and English Language Equivalents LCD Screen Icons Control Dial Icons c 6 Q9 ar TURN TO RUN DOOR CASSETTE XL OCCLUSION OFF CHARGE SET RATE SET DOSE e FFA fae 6 D LOW BATTERY XL RUN HOLD RESET CLEAR VOLUME e 2 4 ide Operating Key KEEP VEIN OPEN AIR IN LINE BACKPRIMING pera ing ey cons 1 2 mL mL PRIMARY SECONDARY DOSE COMPLETE PRIMARY SECONDARY TITRATE XL o o ee CHECK SETTINGS SECONDARY gt PRIMARY DOOR BACKPRIME ALARM SILENCE a gt LOW BATTERY LOCKED CASSETTE XLM TITRATE QUICKSET XLM 96B03022 Figure 5 2 Icons and English Language Equivalents Technical Service Manual 5 5 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 2 3 INSPECTION Inspect the infusion system periodically for signs of defects such as worn accessories or
182. length of time the battery was stored in a discharged state Note permanently damaged battery cannot recharged to full capacity When the battery discharges below the acceptable level while the infusion system is operating the alarm sounds and the LOW BATTERY message displays Although it is not recommended to continue operating the infusion system on battery power at this point the battery will continue providing power until discharged At this point the infusion system enters the battery discharged mode and operation ceases 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 14 Plum XL Series 5 4 BATTERY OPERATION OVERVIEW CAUTION Assoonas the LOW BATTERY alarm occurs connect the infusion system to AC mains power Recharging occurs any time the infusion system is connected to AC mains power It is recommended that the infusion system be connected to AC mains power whenever practicable to maximize available battery charge during transport or ambulation The power switch does not have to be on for the battery to recharge Recharging while the infusion system is operating is rate dependent Note The infusion system should be operated on battery power for six continuous hours at least once every six months for optimum battery performance and life 5 4 1 BATTERY CHARGER CURRENT TEST OPTIONAL To perform the battery charger current test refer to Figure 5 7 Battery Charger Current Test Configuration then proceed as follows Note M
183. ler integrated circuit IC U2 Transistor 91 transformer T2 U2 and the associated passive components are enclosed in a shielded box to minimize radiated electromagnetic interference EMI U2 controls the duty cycle of Q1 through resistors R5 and R6 Resistor R9 provides current sensing Resistor R8 and capacitor C7 filter the ramp voltage across R9 and feed it back to U2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 2 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW U2 configuration allows DC voltage at pin 9 ERR to equal the peak voltage across resistor R9 DC voltage controls the delivered power through transformer T2 to regulate the output voltage Voltage at 02 9 is limited to 1 25 VDC so that peak current through transistor Q1 is limited to approximately 2 amperes A This limit constitutes the output short protection Optocoupler U3 is part of the main regulation loop it provides the UL 544 isolation barrier Resistor R61 diode CR5 and capacitor C6 provide protection from T2 windings short by applying the higher voltage across resistor R9 to the U2 inhibit input C6 and the input impedance at U2 4 determine the low hiccup frequency in the event of a T2 winding short Diode and the clamp winding of transformer T2 provide intermediate energy transfer to capacitor C3 and limit the peak voltage across transistor Q1 At AC mains power up capacitor C12 provides delayed timing to permit the voltage potential at U2 14 Vcc to reach its minimum
184. level Diode and capacitors C23 and C24 rectify the transformer T2 voltage to create the main DC voltage source BUSS for the infusion system Diode CR10 resistor R23 U4 and capacitor C19 constitute a secondary 12 VDC control loop for protection in case of primary loop failure Diode CR12 and capacitor C25 create a feed forward converted negative voltage across capacitor C25 to switch transistor Q9 on through resistor R57 and diode CR14 The Q9 output housekeeping DC HKDC provides the necessary voltage to power both the main regulation loop and the charger circuitry HKDC is at ground potential when AC mains is off and CR12 blocks unnecessary battery power drain Resistors R58 R59 and R60 capacitors C30 C31 and C32 and IC 09 filter HKDC and create a stable 2 5 VDC reference voltage F2 5V Resistors R21 R39 R44 and R45 capacitor C27 and components U8B and 03 constitute the main control loop Transistor Q7 resistor R42 and diode eliminate latch up at AC mains power up by enabling voltage regulation only after BUSS reaches 9 VDC VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUITRY The primary function of the voltage regulator circuitry is to provide constant DC level output The motor voltage VMOT regulator circuitry U8A Q5 Q4 and associated passive components provides a constant 49 35 VDC output when AC mains is on Transistor Q2 remains forward biased by HKDC through diode CR8 and resistors R11 and R12 While Q2 re
185. lowers the value of the delivery rate MICRO legend appears when the rate is lower than 100 mL hr and disappears when the rate is above 99 9 mL hr XLM 2 Turn the control knob to SET VTBI Press the following keys to verify that each key activates and the screen responds raises the value of volume delivered V lowers the value of volume delivered 3 Turn the control knob to RUN Press and hold each key combination simultaneously to verify that each key combination activates and the screen responds TITRATE QUICKSET and A raises the value of the delivery rate TITRATE QUICKSET and Y lowers the value of the delivery rate 4 Turn the control knob to SET RATE Press the TITRATE QUICKSET key and confirm a quick rate change occurs 5 Turn the control knob to HOLD RESET Press and hold BACK PRIME to verify pumping occurs from the primary line up through the secondary inlet port 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 8 Plum XL Series 5 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 52 7 OPEN DOOR ALARM TEST To perform the open door alarm test proceed as follows 1 Close the clamp on the secondary line to prevent fluid in containers from mixing 2 Open the cassette door Verify the DOOR CASSETTE XL or DOOR XLM legend appears and an alarm sounds 3 Press SILENCE Verify the alarm mutes 4 Close the cassette door and unclamp the secondary line 5 2 8 ALARM LOUDNESS TEST XL To perform the alarm loudness test
186. ls To determine if the abnormality in the monitoring equipment is caused by the infuser instead of some other source in the environment set the infuser so that it is temporarily not delivering fluid Disappearance of the abnormality indicates that it was probably caused by electronic noise generated by the infuser Proper setup and maintenance of the monitoring equipment should eliminate the artifact Refer to the appropriate monitoring system documentation for setup and maintenance instructions 1 8 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE CAUTION Infusion system damage may occur unless proper care is exercised during product unpacking and installation The battery may not be fully charged upon receipt of the infusion system Do not place the infusion system in service if it fails the self test CAUTION Infusion system performance may be degraded by electromagnetic interference EMI from devices such as electrosurgical units cellular phones and two way radios Operation of the infusion system under such conditions should be avoided CAUTION Before operating the infusion system next to or in a stacked configuration with other electrical equipment confirm the infusion system s operational performance in that configuration CAUTION The use of any accessory transducer or cable with the LifeCare XLM with DataPort other than those specified may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity of the LifeCare XLM with DataPort The instrum
187. lue for each type of component e g R1 R2 Note Alpha numeric designators may followed with dash number that indicates a pin number for that component For example U15 13 is pin 13 of the encoder chip U15 on the interface PWA 1 5 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Acronyms and abbreviations used in this manual are as follows A AC ACE AC RMS A D CMOS CPU DC DMM DPM ECG EEG EEPROM EL EMG EMI ETO FET HKDC hr Hz IC 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Ampere Alternating current Asynchronous communication element Alternating current root mean square Analog to digital Complementary metal oxide semiconductor Central processing unit Direct current Digital multimeter Digital pressure meter Electrocardiograph Electroencephalogram Electrically erasable programmable read only memory Electroluminescent Electromyogram Electromagnetic interference Ethylene oxide Field effect transistor Housekeeping DC Hour Hertz Integrated circuit Plum XL Series 1 6 USER QUALIFICATION IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IPB Illustrated parts breakdown IV Intravenous kHz Kilohertz KVO Keep vein open LCD Liquid crystal display LED Light emitting diode mA Milliampere MCU Micro controller unit MHz Megahertz mL Milliliter mV Millivolt PLL Phase lock loop PVT Performance verification test PSI Pounds per square inch PWA Printed wiring assembly SPSTIN Single pole single throw in U
188. mains on transistor Q3 is disabled to inhibit POWERHOLD and SPSTIN single pole single throw in effect on the VMOT voltage regulator When AC mains is off Q2 is disabled If battery operation is required Q4 is turned on momentarily by the SPSTIN signal and permanently by POWERHOLD Since Q2 is off Q4 switches the battery voltage through the VMOT circuitry to supply voltage to the necessary circuits including the 5 VDC regulator U5 IC 05 the 5 VDC low drop voltage regulator powers most of the digital circuits in the infusion system Technical Service Manual 4 3 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 2 1 3 BATTERY CHARGER CIRCUITRY The primary function of the battery charger circuitry is to charge the battery The main component ofthe battery charger circuitry is a constant current source comprised of transistors and Q8 UGB resistor R33 and associated passive devices Q6 is the current carrying device and R33 is the sense resistor When AC mains is off Q8 is off and Q6 is on The battery is charged by two current levels and trickle current R20 Charge current control is achieved by controlling the voltage at U6 6 by the signals LOCHG low charge CHRG OFF charge off and BAT2 battery 2 The BAT2 signal is active when a short is introduced at battery connector J26 3 and 4 an active BAT2 signal implies battery type 2 15 connected to connector J26 In this case the charge current is
189. mblies primary secondary valve subsystem inlet outlet valve subsystem and plunger drive subsystem are detailed in the following sections During infusion system operation the mechanism assembly plunger motor drives a lead screw that is coupled to a nut in the plunger The motor action and lead screw move the plunger forward to cause the delivery of approximately 0 33 mL of fluid per cycle The plunger motion is synchronized to the valve motors to provide controlled fluid delivery 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 18 Plum XL Series 4 3 MECHANICAL OVERVIEW 4 3 2 1 MOTOR AND VALVE ASSEMBLIES The mechanism assembly pumping action is controlled by three stepper motors The first stepper motor in conjunction with an associated valve assembly activates the primary or secondary valve of the cassette depending on the command The second stepper motor alternately opens and closes the inlet and outlet valve to control fluid delivery through the cassette pumping chamber A third stepper motor controls plunger movement 4 3 22 PRIMARY SECONDARY VALVE SUBSYSTEM The primary secondary valve subsystem includes a motor designed to rotate a cam see Figure 4 3 Mechanism Valve Pins and Sensor Locations When the cam is positioned at the top dead center home position both valves are closed Clockwise rotation when viewed from the motor side from the home position opens the primary valve while the secondary valve remains closed Counterclockwise rota
190. medical X acto and Velcro are not trademarks of Hospira Inc Equipment providing adequate degree of protection against electrical shock and suitable for application to patient Type CF IPX1 Drip Proof Medical Equipment Clas S 1 Mains supply equipment using protective earth Authorized Representative C Hospira 0050 Donegal Town Co Donegal Ireland CSA is a registered trademark of the Canadian Standards Association The use of NRTL C adjacent to the CSA mark UL2601 indicates that the product has been certified by CSA to U S and Canadian standards CSA has been accredited by the U S CSA 601 Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA as a NRTL C US Nationally Recognized Test Laboratory NRTL Printed in USA Hospira Inc Lake Forest Illinois 60045 USA Technical Service Manual 430 00587 008 END Rev 2 05
191. n Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures see Figure 7 12 DataPort Assembly Domestic or Figure 7 13 DataPort Assembly International Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful front enclosure rear enclosure or main chassis replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 9 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 7 2 7 FRONT ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY COMPONENT REPLACEMENT Front enclosure assembly component replacement includes the replacement of the following Display PWA and MCU display cable Switch activated front panel keys Control knob knob detent washer and snap retainer Front panel label To replace the front enclosure assembly components refer to either Figure 7 3 Display PWA and MCU Display Cable Figure 7 4 Front Enclosure Assembly Components then proceed as detailed in the following sections 4 24 x 3 8 SCREW 7 QA uM FRONT DISPLAY PWA ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 47 P 0 E IN Lot TAB RETAINER 4 CU DISPLAY CABLE 04K01007 Figure 7 3 Display PWA and MCU Display Cable 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 10 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES p KNOB XL MGU BUMPERS 2 DETENT RING MAGNE
192. n 18 LL 016 43 2 Ja Ja 7 J10Js 2 Ju 19 5 J7 Ja jo Ju Jo Je 9 EDIE 15 azara B PNU 18 PME I BDIG J5 9 P 203 s s 1 ja ean H 1 ja 1 gt SPSTIN CE on m 0 a C 41 l 4 D m m m 6 0 6 x Se 28 Tq 8083 J3 14 m a I a PULL DOWN RESISTORS E SPSTIN SPSTIN BH 215 E D z D D 2 GANA GANA JS 13 d Hau VMOT VA 5 APIS q VMOT VMOT u H 18 43 11 186 GMOT GMOT B i a 5 19 H M J5 14 gt GMOT GMOT 2 55 26 MOT 3 s f 2 D BACKUP POWER FOR 3 s a ca RUDIO RLRRM ALES e ae worPHasi s suEET 2 zi xPBSHPS xPBSHPS 55 poo Z 2 MDOIPHRS2 MOTPHAS2 59 SHEET 5 51 PBEHDN 1 xPBSLHDN 58 ppi pa2 LS MDIPLN EN SS SHEET 2 28 xPBSHUP 1 xPBSWUP 57 pp2 Lu E SHEET 5 24 xPBSHTIT i xPBSHTIT 58 3 pay 5 MOTPS EN MOTPS EN SS SHEET 5 22 5 1 xPBSHBP 59 pp pas CE PSV EN EC xPBSHSIL I xPBSHS L 60 PD5 pag 7 PSENSEN 7 DHKBC 61 ppg pay 8 xSTROBE xPSV EN dem Ru 23 7K 1 DSPSTIN 62 PD7 L s 11 ul AVES 015 SPST IN yian lt gt a 6 2 PN2222 1 xRESET 8 5 PFO INC R19 BRT2 47 zs
193. n of the mechanism assembly moves a plunger causing a pumping action A valve motor selects the primary or secondary valve depending on the command An additional valve motor alternately opens and closes an inlet valve and outlet valve to control fluid flow through the cassette pumping chamber The following sections detail the cassette and the mechanism assembly 4 3 1 CASSETTE The cassette operates on a fluid displacement principle to volumetrically deliver fluid see Figure 4 1 Major Elements of the Dual Channel Cassette and Figure 4 2 Fluid Path in the Cassette Refer to the system operating manual for a description of the major cassette functions The pumping cycle begins when the outlet valve is opened and the inlet valve is closed The plunger extends to deflect the cassette diaphragm and expel fluid At the end of the pumping stroke the outlet valve closes the inlet opens the appropriate primary or secondary valve opens and the plunger retracts to allow fluid to refill the pumping chamber After the pumping chamber is filled the inlet and outlet valves are reversed the primary and secondary valves are closed and the cycle is repeated The cassette contains two chambers an upper air trap chamber and a pumping chamber The two chambers are separated by an inlet valve see Figure 4 1 and Figure 4 2 and operate together to detect air The upper air trap chamber receives fluid from the intravenous IV container through either t
194. n the LCD screen There are two types of alarm conditions alarm codes that can be cleared by the operator error codes that require qualified service personnel See Table 6 1 Operational Alarm Messages and Corrective Actions and Table 6 2 Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Technical Service Manual 6 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 2 1 OPERATIONAL ALARM MESSAGES Table 6 1 lists infusion system alarm codes that can be cleared by the operator Also listed in Table 6 1 are the alarm messages descriptions possible causes and corrective actions Note Operational alarm messages are displayed on the LCD screen Associated error codes are displayed in the alarm history see Section 6 2 3 1 Alarm History Table 6 1 Operational Alarm Messages and Corrective Actions Corrective Alarm Message Description Possible Cause Action 01 1 OCCLUSION Distal Distal pressure Unkink tubing occlusion above 10 psi check IV site alarm for five seconds or replace 01 2 Distal Distal pressure occlusion above 10 psi alarm for two plunger If condition strokes recurs 01 3 Distal Distal pressure contact Hospira occlusion above 13 psi alarm 01 4 Distal Excessive distal occlusion pressure during alarm the valve leak test 03 1 Proximal Clamp closed occlusion tubing kinked alarm possible occluded 03 2 Proximal tubing occlusion administration set on secondary
195. n the main chassis assembly 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 32 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 7 2 9 1 MCU PWA AND SENSOR MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT The recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver needle nose pliers and diagonal cutters The replacement parts for this procedure are PWA MCU Assembly Cable Sensor MCU Tie Cable CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the MCU PWA and the sensor MCU cable assembly refer to Figure 7 16 Exploded View ofthe Main Chassis Assembly and Figure 7 17 Top View ofthe Main Chassis Assembly then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Disconnect the following cables from the MCU PWA sensor MCU cable assembly from J5 plunger motor cable assembly from J7 input output motor cable assembly from J8 primary secondary motor cable assembly from J9 3 Inspect the cables and replace if necessary 4 Slide the MCU PWA out of the main chassis assembly Note Some configurations may contain a cable tie securing the MCU PWA to the main chassis If there is a cable tie present examine the placement and using the diagonal cutters cut the cable tie to
196. ncrements 1 mL hr The lower of 1 0 mL hr or the last rate delivered 1 to 9999 mL hr in 1 mL increments 0 1 to 99 9 mL in 0 1 mL increments 100 to 9999 mL in 1 mL increments 10 psi 5 2 psi LIFECARE XL AND XLM PHYSICAL Dimensions Weight Casing ELECTRICAL Mains Voltage Mains Fusing Mains Cord 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 ES The following specifications apply to the LifeCare XL infusion system only 220V 21x 19x 22cm Approximately 3 5 kg with battery High impact plastic 210 260 VAC 47 63 Hz 35 VA or 100 130 VAC 47 63 Hz 35 Two each T500 mA 250 V 5x 20mm 2 60601 1 approved removable cord maximum 3 m in length gt lt Plum XL Series Battery Battery Operating Time XL XLM Battery Operating Time XLM with DataPort Battery Recharge Battery Charge Retention ENVIRONMENT Operating Temperature Shipping and Storage Technical Service Manual 8 2 LIFECARE XL AND XLM One 8 V sealed rechargeable battery internal to the infusion system Accessible for ease of field replacement with color coded leads and polarized connector With a new fully charged battery the infusion system provides approximately 1000 mL delivery volume or eight hours of operation whichever occurs first The infusion system displays a low battery alarm approximately 30 minutes prior to infusion system shutdown when pumping at 125 mL h
197. nd SPSTIN from affecting the voltage regulator circuitry When AC mains is off transistor Q2 is disabled If battery operation is required transistor Q4 is turned on momentarily by the SPSTIN signal and permanently by POWERHOLD through transistor Q3 Since Q2 is off transistor Q4 switches the battery voltage through the VMOT circuitry to supply voltage to the necessary circuits including the 5 VDC regulator 05 IC U5 the 5 VDC low drop voltage regulator powers most of the digital circuits in the infusion system 4 2 2 3 BATTERY CHARGER CIRCUITRY 6 The primary part of the battery charger is the constant current source comprised of transistors 96 Q8 IC resistor R33 and associated 220 V passive devices Transistor Q6 is the current carrying device and resistor R33 is the sense resistor When AC mains is off transistor Q8 is off and transistor Q6 is on The battery is charged by two current levels and trickle current resistor R20 Current level is achieved by controlling the voltage at U6 6 IC U7A transistor 010 and resistors R31 R32 R34 R62 and R63 control the voltage at U6 6 and hence the current level The BAT2 signal is high not logic level when a short is introduced at the battery connector J26 pins 3 and 4 which implies that battery type 2 is connected to connector 426 In this case the battery charge current is low since transistor Q10 is on IC U7A also serves as an over
198. ning the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 12 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful cassette door and mechanism shield replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 37 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS MECHANISM ASSEMBLY 15 OPENER HANDLE ASSEMBLY MECHANISM SHIELD DOOR ASSEMBLY 04K01012 Figure 7 18 Mechanism Shield Replacement 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 38 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES MECHANISM CT 1 m ASSEMBLY DOOR n 22 LEFT SIDE DOOR CLIP 04K01014 Figure 7 19 Cassette Door Replacement 1 of 3 MECHANISM OPENER HANDLE ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY pert e DOOR S ASSEMBLY L E LEFT SIDE DOOR CLIP 04K01015 Figure 7 20 Cassette Door Replacement 2 of 3 Technical Service Manual 7 39 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS MECHANISM OPENER HANDLE ASSEMBLY
199. nt shim washer gasket and detent ring Inspect the magnet on the knob detent If the magnet appears damaged carefully remove it using the small flat blade screwdriver Install the replacement assuring that the dot on the magnet is facing up Install the replacement control knob washer and gasket Fit the gasket into the circular recess on the front side of the front enclosure Install the washer on the control knob Install the shim on the control knob Place the control knob through the hole in the front enclosure Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE Place the front enclosure assembly face down Place the detent ring on the four pins centered on the control knob Assure that the raised bumps on the detent ring are facing up Using the snap retainer secure the knob detent on the control knob retainer clips and splines Press the snap retainer firmly until it is secure Note When the control knob is at OFF CHARGE the knob detent is positioned on the detent ring as shown in Figure 7 4 Verify that the control knob rotates fully Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Technical Service Manual 7 13 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 12 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successf
200. o start pumping fluid Verify volume delivered is 20 1 mL Verify that after the VTBI is complete the infusion system changes to KVO mode at a rate of 1 mL hr Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE Clamp both lines Remove the distal tubing Remove the cassette from the infusion system EMPTY CONTAINER AIR IN LINE ALARM TEST To perform the empty container air in line alarm test proceed as follows 1 Install the special cassette marked EMPTY in the infusion system Confirm the special cassette proximal bubble sensor tips are removed see Figure 5 6 Special Cassettes with Bubble Sensor Tips Removed Turn the control knob to SET VTBI Set the volume to 100 mL Turn the control knob to RUN to start pumping Verify that within three pumping cycles the audible alarm sounds and the AIR IN LINE and BACKPRIMING legends display Turn the control knob to HOLD RESET 6 Open the cassette door and remove the cassette Install the special cassette marked AIR in the infusion system Confirm the special cassette distal bubble sensor tips are removed see Figure 5 6 Turn the control knob to RUN to start pumping Verify that within three pumping cycles the alarm sounds and the AIR IN LINE legend displays 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 12 Plum XL Series 5 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 9 Turn the control knob to HOLD RESET 10 Open the cassette door and remove the cassette PROXIMAL BUBBLE SENSOR BULB TIPS
201. ocoupler U3 is part of the main regulation loop that provides the UL 544 isolation barrier IC U2 oscillates at approximately 40 kHz a frequency dictated by the values of resistor R4 and capacitor C5 U2 controls the duty cycle of transistor switch Q1 through resistors R5 and R6 and diode CR16 Resistor provides the current sense and resistor R8 and capacitor C7 filter the ramp voltage across R9 and feed it back to IC U2 U2 configuration allows DC voltage at pin 9 ERR to equal the peak voltage across resistor R9 This DC voltage controls the delivered power through transformer T2 to regulate the output voltage Voltage at U2 pin 9 is limited to 1 25 VDC so that peak current through transistor Q1 is limited to 1 25 VDC divided by the value of resistor R9 Resistors R61 and R72 diode CR5 and capacitor C6 provide transformer T2 winding short protection by applying the higher voltage across resistor R9 to the U2 inhibit input C6 and the input impedance at U2 4 apply the low hiccup frequency to protect transistor Q1 Diode and the clamp winding of transformer T2 provide intermediate energy transfer to capacitor C3 and limit the peak voltage across transistor 91 Technical Service Manual 4 5 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION At AC mains power up capacitor C12 provides delayed timing to permit the voltage potential at U2 14 Vcc to reach its minimum level Diode CR11 and capacitors C18 C23 and C24 r
202. on recurs contact Hospira ADC converter failure Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 74 1 Air sensor self test failure signal seen when sensors disabled Air sensor or circuitry failure Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 74 4 Proximal air sensor signal too high Air sensor or circuitry failure Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 74 5 Distal air sensor signal too high Air sensor or circuitry failure Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 Technical Service Manual 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING Table 6 2 Power supply PWA signals HKDC and DHKDC do not match Power supply PWA failure Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Malfunction Description Possible Cause Corrective Action Replace power supply PWA Section 7 2 8 2 Failure in conditioning circuit on MCU PWA Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 Power supply PWA signal HKDC out of tolerance Power supply PWA failure Replace power supply PWA Section 7 2 8 2 Failure of conditioning circuit PWA Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 Power supply PWA signal VMOT out of tolerance when AC power is applied Power supply PWA failure Replace power supply PWA Section 7 2 8 2 Motor voltage drops too much when motor is energized Power supply PWA failure Motor drawing excessive current Replace power supply
203. onds Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment If the user ofthe LifeCare XLM with DataPort requires continued operation during power mains interruptions it is recommended that the LifeCare XLM with DataPort be powered from an uninterruptible AC Mains power supply or the battery Power Frequency 50 60 Hz magnetic field IEC 61000 4 8 400A m See Note 3 Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment Note 1 U is the AC Mains voltage prior to application of the test level Note 2 Compliance levels tested to 1 60601 2 24 requirements which are more stringent than IEC 61000 4 2 Note 3 Compliance levels tested to 1 60601 2 24 requirements which are more stringent than IEC 61000 4 8 430 00587 008 Rev 1 05 Plum XL Series APPENDIX ELECTROMAGNETIC IMMUNITY FOR LIFE SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS Table A 3 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity for Life Supporting Equipment and Systems provides guidance for use of the XLM with DataPort near communications equipment Table A 3 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity for Life Supporting Equipment and Systems Immunity Test IEC 60601 Test Level Compliance Level Electromagnetic Immunity Guidance Portable and mobile R
204. or defective during pressure circuit backpriming 06 1 AIR IN LINE Air detected 1000 uL of air Backprime BACKPRIMING in cassette has entered the to expel air Proximal cassette since M 1 air in line last initialization e e 07 1 AIR IN LINE Distal air in line 100 uL bolus Remove and of air detected reprime cassette e at distal sensor 07 2 5 Distal air in line 260 uL of air Remove and detected in reprime cassette the last 2 6 mL of fluid delivered 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Plum XL Series 6 2 ALARM MESSAGES AND ERROR CODES Table 6 1 Operational Alarm Messages and Corrective Actions Corrective Alarm Message Description Possible Cause Action 08 1 AIR IN LINE Empty 500 IL of air Change BACKPRIMING container detected entering container alarm the cassette in and backprime thelasttwo intake to expel air e strokes e 10 1 CHECK SETTINGS Check Rate and VTBI Turn control settings settings not knob to mL H2mL alarm correct SET RATE or SET VTBI to check settings or enter values 11 1 TURN TO RUN Turn to run alarm Rotary control Turn control knob not in knob to RUN OFF CHARGE OFF CHARGE 4 or RUN position or HOLD RESET or no key is pressed for five minutes 12 1 VTBI COMPLETE Primary VTBI The VTBI for Discontinue complete alarm the primary infusion mL mL channel has or change been delivered container and 12 2 Secondary The VTBI for
205. oses of the preceding sentence major repair or other service means any repair or service other than the replacement of accessory items such as batteries flow detectors detachable AC power cords and patient pendants In providing any parts for repair or service of the product Hospira shall have no responsibility or liability for the actions or inactions of the person performing such repair or service regardless of whether such person has been trained to perform such repair or service It is understood and acknowledged that any person other than a Hospira representative performing repair or service is not an authorized agent of Hospira Technical Service Manual 2 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 2 WARRANTY This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 2 2 Plum XL Series Section 3 SYSTEM OPERATING MANUAL A copy of the system operating manual is included with every infusion system Insert a copy here for convenient reference If a copy of the system operating manual is not available contact Hospira Technical Support Operations see Section 6 1 Technical Assistance Technical Service Manual 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 3 SYSTEM OPERATING MANUAL This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 3 2 Plum XL Series Section 4 THEORY OF OPERATION This section describes the infusion system theory of operation Related drawings are provided in Section 9 Drawings The theor
206. owed for establishing an infusion pump periodic maintenance inspection schedule Product specifications for this inspection are listed in Section 8 Specifications To perform the periodic maintenance inspection complete the performance verification test in Section 5 2 5 4 BATTERY OPERATION OVERVIEW The infusion system is intended to operate on battery power on an exception basis only such as emergency backup or temporary portable operation Examples of emergency backup include AC mains power failure or inadvertent disconnection of the AC mains power cord An instance of temporary portable operation includes patient transfer from one location to another The infusion system should be connected to AC mains power whenever possible to allow the battery to remain fully charged The infusion system line power indicator disappears and the BATTERY legend appears when the infusion system is operating on battery power Factors that most commonly affect battery life are the depth and frequency of discharge and the length of the recharge period As a general rule the more often the battery is discharged and recharged the sooner it will need replacement The primary cause of damage is leaving the battery in a less than fully charged state for any period of time Battery damage can occur in a matter of hours and cause a permanent loss of battery capacity The amount of lost capacity depends on the degree of discharge the storage temperature and the
207. perform the self test refer to Figure 1 3 Plum XL LCD Test Screens and Figure 1 4 Plum XLM LCD Test Screens and proceed as follows 1 Connect the infusion system AC mains power cord to a grounded AC mains outlet and confirm the AC mains power icon next to the OFF CHARGE setting illuminates 2 Open the door assembly cassette door by lifting up on the cassette door handle 3 Hold a primed cassette by its handle and insert the cassette into the cassette door guides Do not force the cassette into position 4 Close the cassette door handle to lock the cassette in place 5 Turn the control knob to SET RATE to initiate the self test 6 Verify the following screens display in succession LCD test screen Four backward Cs approximately two seconds Set rate screen 7 Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power and confirm BATTERY displays on the LCD screen 8 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE and remove the administration set 9 Toallow the battery to charge fully connect the infusion system to AC mains power for a minimum of eight hours with the control knob in the OFF CHARGE position Confirm the AC mains power icon illuminates Technical Service Manual 1 9 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION Note If the LCD test screen does not match Figure 1 3 or Figure 1 4 exactly contact Hospira Note If an alarm condition occurs during the self test cycle the power and repeat th
208. placement 7 Replace the EMI shield 8 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures 9 Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify proper DataPort MCU cable assembly replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 and the DataPort connection and ground continuity test in Section 5 5 Technical Service Manual 7 25 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS REAR ENCLOSURE 4 40 x 5 16 LOCK SCREW KIT a u s we 4 40 DATAPORT MCU LOCK SCREW CABLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR DATAPORT GROUND CABLE ASSEMBLY 04K01041 Figure 7 12 DataPort Assembly Domestic 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 26 Plum XL Series 7 2 8 9 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES LIFECARE DATAPORT MCU CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT XLM WITH DATAPORT Jen 5 Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver 1 4 inch nutdriver 3 16 inch nutdriver and 5 16 inch nutdriver The replacement parts for this procedure are Kit Screw Lock 4 40 Assembly Cable DataPort MCU Gasket DataPort Bracket DataPort Cap DataPort Washer Shoulder 4 Screw 4 40 x 1 4 Hex Head CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PW
209. plication Reference to a section figure table or publication 1 8 CONVENTIONS Example see Figure 5 4 Distal Occlusion Test Setup ALL CAPS In text references to keys are TITRATE described in all caps and enclosed in brackets DOOR CASSETTE Self test in progress CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components ALL CAPS Initial Caps with lowercase Screen displays Bold Emphasis Throughout this manual warnings cautions and notes are used to emphasize important information A WARNING CONTAINS SPECIAL SAFETY EMPHASIS AND MUST BE OBSERVED AT ALL TIMES FAILURE TO OBSERVE WARNING A WARNING MAY RESULT IN PATIENT INJURY AND IS POTENTIALLY LIFE THREATENING CAUTION A CAUTION usually appears in front of a procedure or statement It contains information that could prevent hardware failure irreversible damage to equipment or loss of data Note Anote highlights information to help clarify a concept procedure or statement 4 EN 2 Information applies to IEC EN 60601 1 2 2001 compliant devices Technical Service Manual 1 5 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 4 COMPONENT DESIGNATORS Components are indicated by alpha numeric designators as follows Battery BT Capacitor Crystal Y Diode D Fuse F Integrated Circuit U Resistor R Switch SW Transistor The number following the letter is a unique va
210. power protection for transistor Q6 When the voltage across generates more than 2 5V at U7 4 the charge current switches to low 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 6 Plum XL Series 4 2 ELECTRONICS OVERVIEW The LOCHG REQ signal alerts the MCU PWA of the battery voltage level it is generated by U6A U7B U7C U7D and associated passive components U6A resistors R24 through R28 and capacitor C20 constitute a differential amplifier that reads the battery voltage as it is being charged The output of the differential amplifier is compared to a previously determined level U7C U7C generates the REQ The voltage level depends on whether U7 13 or U7 1 is low or alternatively whether battery type 1 or battery type 2 is connected 4 2 3 MCU PWA contains micro controller U6 see Figure 9 15 MCU PWA Schematic XL Figure 9 16 MCU PWA Schematic XLM or Figure 9 17 MCU PWA Schematic XLM with DataPort The MCU PWA has five digital ports and one analog port Each port is eight lines wide The MCU PWA also includes the following circuitry Watchdog Serial communication Alarm Alarm power backup Motor drivers Pin detector Oococegyo Universal asynchronous receiver transmitter UART XLM with DataPort 4 2 3 1 WATCHDOG CIRCUITRY The watchdog circuitry continuously monitors the MCU PWA and contains IC U14 U14 is strobed by micro controller U16 at a predetermined minimum frequency oth
211. r If a low battery alarm occurs immediately connect the infusion system to mains power Note Gradual degradation over extended periods of use decreases the operational capacity of the battery Typical battery life is three years A yearly check is recommended to verify performance When capacity drops to an unacceptable level replace the battery Battery replacement must be performed by qualified technical personnel With DataPort circuitry disabled a fully charged new battery provides eight hours of operation or 1000 mL total volume delivered whichever occurs first With DataPort enabled a fully charged new battery provides approximately five hours of operation or 625 mL total volume delivered whichever occurs first The infusion system displays a low battery alarm approximately 30 minutes prior to infusion system shutdown when pumping at 125 mL hr If a low battery alarm occurs immediately connect the infusion system to mains power Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing Note Gradual degradation over extended periods of use decreases the operational capacity of the battery Typical battery life is three years A yearly check is recommended to verify performance When capacity drops to an unacceptable level replace the battery Battery replacement must be performed by qualified technical personnel The battery recharges when the infusion system is connected to mains power If the infusion system is operating at 125 m
212. r Supply PWA Schematic 220V XL International or Figure 9 26 Power Supply PWA Schematic XLM International The power supply PWA includes the following operational modes AC mains off Infusion system is not connected to mains voltage and is not operating AC mains off infusion system on Infusion system is not connected to mains voltage and is operating AC mains on Infusion system is connected to mains voltage and is not operating AC mains on infusion system on Infusion system is connected to mains voltage and is operating 4 2 2 1 SWITCHER CIRCUITRY The switcher circuitry converts AC mains voltage to an isolated 11 VDC power 220 through flyback topology Fuses F1 and F2 and variable resistors VR1 and VR2 provide protection against high line voltage spikes and abnormally high input power demands Capacitors Cl C2 C35 C36 C37 and C38 transformer T1 and inductor L1 are designed for attenuating the conducted emissions IC U1 resistor inductor L1 and capacitor C3 provide the DC voltage required for conversion by the switcher Diodes CR1 CR2 CR4 and 15 resistors R22 R68 R73 and R74 capacitors C4 C9 and C34 and transistors Q11 and Q12 provide the DC voltage for IC U2 the current mode switcher controller IC A UL 544 isolation barrier surrounds transistor Q1 transformer T2 IC U2 and associated passive components to minimize radiated EMI Opt
213. r is closed a mechanism opens the flow regulator to allow the infusion system to control fluid flow When the infusion system door is opened the same mechanism closes the flow regulator to disable fluid flow 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 4 16 Plum XL Series 4 8 MECHANICAL OVERVIEW FROM PRIMARY CONTAINER PRECISION GRAVITY FLOW REGULATOR CONTROL NOT SHOWN SECONDARY PORT Y RESEAL OR LOCKING CAP FINGER GRIP PRIMARY VALVE SECONDARY VALVE AIR IN LINE SENSOR DISTAL AIR IN LINE SENSOR PROXIMAL PRESSURE SENSOR OUTLET AIR TRAP OUTLET VALVE TO CHAMBER PATIENT PUMPING CHAMBER RIGHT VIEW REAR VIEW LEFT VIEW 01K04004 Figure 4 1 Major Elements of the Dual Channel Cassette Technical Service Manual 4 17 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION PRIMARY SECONDARY 6 PRIMARY VALVE SECONDARY VALVE ui a AIR IN LINE SENSOR PROXIMAL AIR TRAP CHAMBER INLET VALVE PUMPING CHAMBER OUTLET VALVE PRESSURE SENSOR AIR IN LINE SENSOR DISTAL PRECISION GRAVITY FLOW REGULATOR AND SHUT OFF 04K01002 Figure 4 2 Fluid Path in the Cassette 4 3 2 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY The mechanism assembly is a fully self contained unit consisting of the motor and valve assemblies primary secondary valve subsystem inlet outlet valve subsystem plunger drive subsystem air bubble ultrasonic sensor assemblies cassette door and pressure sensor assembly The motor and valve asse
214. r to Figure 7 14 XL Series Pole Clamp then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Remove the power supply PWA as described in Section 7 2 8 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 28 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 3 Grasp the adhesive backed insulator and remove it from the pole clamp backing plate Using a mild solvent clean the pole clamp backing plate 4 Using a 5 16 inch nutdriver remove the two hex head screws securing the pole clamp backing plate to the pole clamp extrusion Remove the pole clamp backing plate and pole clamp extrusion from the rear enclosure assembly 5 Install the replacement pole clamp extrusion into the rear enclosure assembly 6 Install the replacement pole clamp backing plate against the pole clamp extrusion Using a 5 16 inch nutdriver install and tighten the two hex head screws 7 Remove the adhesive backing from the replacement insulator Completely cover the pole clamp backing plate with the replacement insulator Press firmly to adhere the insulator to the backing plate CAUTION Make sure the insulator covers the entire backing plate If the backing plate is exposed the power supply PWA may be damaged when power is applied to the infusion system 8 Install the power supply PWA in the exact reverse order of removal 9 Join the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly in the exact reverse
215. remove the MCU PWA 5 Install the replacement MCU PWA into the main chassis assembly 6 Connect the following cables to the MCU PWA plunger motor cable assembly to J7 input output motor cable assembly to J8 primary secondary motor cable assembly to J9 sensor MCU cable assembly to J5 7 XLM with DataPort only Position the ferrite between MCU 5 and the battery compartment Verify the sensor MCU cable is looped back to J5 in an S configuration as shown in Figure 7 17 Note If the original configuration did not contain the cable tie proceed to Step 14 8 To replace the cable tie hook it around the main chassis boss Confirm the locking head of the cable tie is located on the right side of the main chassis boss 9 Connect the MCU PWA securely to the power supply PWA Technical Service Manual 7 33 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS 10 Insert the pointed end of the cable tie through the corner locating hole of the MCU PWA and loop back around the edge of the PWA 11 Insert the pointed end of the cable tie into the locking head 12 Using needle nose pliers carefully tighten the cable tie until tight 13 Verify the cable tie is tight and cut away any excess using the diagonal cutters 14 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two en
216. rinfusion under single fault conditions is 25 percent 1 mL hr 0 6 mL 100 mL hr 0 6 mL 999 mL hr 0 6 mL Delivery Rate 1 mL hr 40 minutes 100 mL hr 30 seconds 999 mL hr 2 seconds t 5 percent in typical clinical use 8 4 Plum XL Series pm R Section 9 DRAWINGS Figure 9 1 through Figure 9 28 show the illustrated parts breakdown IPB block diagram and PWA schematic diagrams Table 9 1 Drawings lists drawings by figure number title and part number Table 9 2 IPB for the Infusion System identifies parts by index numbers which correlate to Figure 9 1 Note Drawings and schematics in Section 9 are provided as information only and may not exactly reflect current product configuration Table 9 1 Drawings Figure No Part Number Illustrated Parts Breakdown 2 sheets Not Applicable Front Enclosure Rear Enclosure and Main Chassis Assemblies Front Enclosure Assembly Rear Enclosure Assembly XL Domestic Rear Enclosure Assembly XL International Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM Domestic Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM International Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM with DataPort Domestic Rear Enclosure Assembly XLM with DataPort International Rear Enclosure Assembly LifeCare XLM with DataPort Main Chassis Assembly Battery Replacement Mechanical Assembly 2 sheets Plum XL Block Diagram MCU PWA Schematic XL 2 sheets 249
217. riod of one year after purchase and b the replaceable battery shall be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of 90 days after purchase Hospira makes no other warranties express or implied as to merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or any other matter Purchaser s exclusive remedy shall be at Hospira s option the repair or replacement of the product In no event shall Hospira s liability arising out of any cause whatsoever whether such cause be based in contract negligence strict liability other tort or otherwise exceed the price of such product and in no event shall Hospira be liable for incidental consequential or special damages or losses or for lost business revenues or profits Warranty product returned to Hospira must be properly packaged and sent freight prepaid The foregoing warranty shall be void in the event the product has been misused damaged altered or used other than in accordance with product manuals so as in Hospira s judgment to affect its stability or reliability or in the event the serial or lot number has been altered effaced or removed The foregoing warranty shall also be void in the event any person including the Purchaser performs or attempts to perform any major repair or other service on the product without having been trained by an authorized representative of Hospira and using Hospira documentation and approved spare parts For purp
218. rm the battery legend test proceed as follows 1 Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power 2 Turn the control knob to SET RATE Verify the line power indicator turns off and the BATTERY legend turns on within five seconds 3 Reconnect the infusion system to AC mains power after the battery legend check 4 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE 5 2 11 FREE FLOW TEST To perform the free flow test proceed as follows 1 Insert a primed cassette into the infusion system 2 Turn the control knob to SET RATE 3 With the cassette door closed check the distal end of tubing for fluid flow Verify a minimal flow of fluid a few drops maximum occurs 4 Open the cassette door and check the distal end of tubing for fluid flow Verify a minimal flow of fluid a few drops maximum occurs Note Asmallamount of fluid may be expelled from the cassette when opening or closing the door 5 Close the cassette door and check the distal end of tubing for fluid flow Verify a minimal flow of fluid a few drops maximum occurs 6 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE 5 2 12 PROXIMAL OCCLUSION TEST To perform the proximal occlusion test proceed as follows 1 Turn the control knob to SET RATE Set the rate to a value greater than 40 mL hr 2 Turn the control knob to RUN to start pumping fluid 3 After several pumping cycles clamp the tubing proximal to the cassette After drops stop falling through the sight chamber
219. rogram promotes infusion longevity and trouble free instrument operation Such a program should include routine maintenance periodic maintenance inspection and following any repair procedure performance verification testing 5 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Routine maintenance consists of basic inspection and cleaning procedures As a minimum requirement inspect and clean the infusion pump after each use In addition establish a regular cleaning schedule for the infusion pump 5 1 1 INSPECTING THE INFUSION SYSTEM Inspect the infusion system periodically for signs of defects such as worn accessories broken instrument connections or damaged cables In addition inspect the infusion system after repair or during cleaning Replace any damaged or defective external parts See Section 5 2 3 Inspection 5 1 2 CLEANING THE INFUSION SYSTEM The following procedures are designed to maintain the infusion pump sustain system longevity and promote trouble free instrument operation Follow hospital protocol for establishing the infusion pump cleaning schedule WARNING DISCONNECT THE INFUSION SYSTEM FROM AC MAINS POWER PRIOR TO CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING COULD RESULT IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAUTION notimmerse the infusion system in liquids Immersion could damage the instrument Do not allow liquids to enter the infusion system electronics compartment Do not spray cleaning solutions toward any openings
220. rom the OFF CHARGE position On the Plum XLM the service mode is accessed by simultaneously pressing and holding the TITRATE QUICKSET and SILENCE keys while turning the control knob from the OFF CHARGE position These keys must be pressed until the end of the self test sequence at which time normal infusion system operation is disabled and the service mode is accessed The following sections briefly describe the service mode particular alarm history software revision number run time battery run time and parameter programming functions Table 6 3 Service Mode Control Knob Settings lists the infusion system control knob settings used during the service mode and provides functional differences for each control knob setting Table 6 3 Service Control Settings Control Knob Setting Service Mode Information SET RATE Alarm history SET VTBI Software revision number RUN Run time and battery run time HOLD RESET XLM with DataPort Parameter programming 6 2 3 1 ALARM HISTORY When the infusion system is in service mode and the control knob is turned to the SET RATE position the alarm history can be viewed In viewing the alarm history list large digits indicate an alarm error number Er01 Er02 Er03 and small digits indicate a four digit alarm code If there are no entries in the alarm history the large digits indicate Er and the small digits indicate The infusion system A and Y keys are use
221. round wire from DataPort connector to ground screw Defective DataPort MCU cable assembly Replace DataPort MCU cable assembly DataPort MCU cable not properly seated on MCU PWA Reseat DataPort MCU cable assembly to MCU PWA 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 6 16 Plum XL Series pm Section 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS This section itemizes all parts and subassemblies of the XL and XLM infusion systems that are repairable within the scope of this manual In addition this section details replacement procedures for all listed parts 7 1 5 Replaceable parts for the infusion system are itemized in the spare parts price list and are identified in Figure 9 1 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Table 9 2 IPB for the Infusion System identifies each infusion system part by an index number that correlates to Figure 9 1 To request copy of the current spare parts price list contact Hospira see Section 6 1 Technical Assistance or to view the catalog online visit the website at www hospiraparts com For convenient reference insert a copy of the spare parts price list here Technical Service Manual 7 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 2 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 72 REPLAC
222. rsey Per manufacturer s recommendation Manu Klenz Steris Corporation Per manufacturer s recommendation Precise Caltech Industries Per manufacturer s recommendation Sporicidin Sporicidin International Per manufacturer s recommendation Household bleach Various Per hospital procedures do not exceed one part bleach in ten parts water 5 1 3 SANITIZING THE INFUSION SYSTEM Sanitize external surfaces of the infusion system using a cleaner listed in Table 5 1 Note Not all cleaning solutions are sanitizers Check product labeling CAUTION Do not sterilize the infusion system using heat steam ethylene oxide ETO or radiation These methods may cause the instrument to malfunction 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 5 2 Plum XL Series 5 1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 5 1 4 CLEANING THE BUZZER Recommended materials are cotton swabs and pure isopropyl alcohol Under certain circumstances residue will build up on the buzzer located on the MCU board This residue can prevent the buzzer from alarming but can be easily removed To remove any residue refer to Figure 5 1 Cleaning the Buzzer then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front and rear enclosures as described in Section 7 2 5 leaving the main chassis in the rear enclosure 2 Inspect the buzzer for any physical damage If damage is found discontinue this procedure and contact Hospira 3 Moisten the cotton swab with the isopropyl alcohol and clean an
223. s Strap Velcro 1 75 in x 10 in Black To replace the Velcro retainer strap remove the strap from the power cord and install the replacement see Figure 7 7 Replacement of the Velcro retainer strap is a routine maintenance procedure and no verification procedure is normally required However if the infusion system may have been damaged during the Velcro retainer strap replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 7 2 8 4 AC MAINS POWER CORD AND STRAIN RELIEF BUSHING REPLACEMENT 115 Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver a 1 4 inch nutdriver and pliers The replacement parts for this procedure are Cordset AC Power Hospital Grade Strain Relief Nylon Black Nut 6 32 KEP with Washer Washer Flat 46 Screw 6 32 x 3 4 Hex Head Slotted w Washer XL Screw 6 32 x 1 Hex Head Slotted w Washer XLM CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the AC mains power cord and strain relief bushing refer to Figure 7 8 AC Power Cord 115 VAC Plum XL or Figure 7 9 AC Power Cord 115 VAC Plum XLM then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 2 Usinga 1 4 inch nutdriver remove the two hex head nuts from the hex head
224. s CR17 R72 PROVISIONRL 249 05916 003 Sheet 1 of 4 Technical Service Manual 9 121 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 9 DRAWINGS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 9 122 Plum XL Series BUSS BRTT BUSS 1 BUSS BATT Je6 1 RED X J gt 58 FHKDC SHEETI X 0 jy lt i 8 2 0 RH 12 57 R18 CRRBON R59 4 75 gt BATT 1 44 R48 J26 2 TIENE 2099 BRTT 4 BRIT gt BLK SV EOS R63 AFHKOC 338 ay 2 17 3 ape m ADI F2 5V 07 RGO 5 2 49K R68 R69 5 I a BUZIL R38 PVDIG J26 3 ORN esae NV Je JE 108 HERTS INK Mim gt 100 5 180 ve 3 2 E TS CRRBON D 5 98 2 lt sns gt BBN 1740 5 R32 s _ mog 247008 R20 u75 2 5V 100K C21 R53 BRT2 C31 c32 R30 v R29 LOOK gt 15 100p 8 1 IK ian LM R67 Bcc e 010 i on 2 ji R33 A LR RAWGND PN2222 5 Ju 1 y e
225. sary Verify the value of the channel label as described in Section 6 2 3 4 3 Update the value if necessary To verify successful mechanism assembly replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 7 2 9 3 CASSETTE DOOR AND MECHANISM SHIELD REPLACEMENT Recommended tools for this procedure are a medium size flat blade screwdriver and long needle nose pliers The replacement parts for this procedure are Shield Mechanism Retainer Door Pivot Spring Door Clip Left Side Assembly Door CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the cassette door and mechanism shield refer to Figure 7 18 Mechanism Shield Replacement Figure 7 19 through Figure 7 21 Cassette Door Replacement 3 of 3 and Figure 7 22 Cassette Door Replacement Bottom View then proceed as follows 1 Separate the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 36 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES 2 Remove the mechanism assembly from the main chassis assembly as described in Section 7 2 9 2 3 Open the cassette door Disengage and fully open the cassette door from the opener handle assembly see Figure 7 18 4 On the backside of the mechanism shield disengage the clips that retain t
226. scribed in Section 7 2 9 2 Lift the opener handle assembly Open and disengage the cassette door Close the opener handle assembly Remove the retaining ring Insert the medium size flat blade screwdriver between the opener handle assembly and the mechanism assembly Carefully pry the assemblies apart Remove the handle roller from the backside of the opener handle assembly as the opener handle is removed Note The handle spring holder and torsion spring may fall free Install the replacement opener handle assembly in the exact reverse order of removal Confirm that the shaft alignment dots are aligned see Figure 7 25 Replace the mechanism assembly in the exact reverse order of removal Join the front enclosure assembly rear enclosure assembly and main chassis assembly in the exact reverse order of separation Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify successful opener handle assembly replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 41 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS DOOR MECHANISM S ASSEMBLY MECHANISM ASSEMBLY SHIELD HANDLE ROLLER RETAINING OPENER HANDLE SPRING TORSION RING HANDLE HOLDER SPRING 04K01001 Figure 7 23 Opener Handle Assembl
227. sistor R7 and diodes and the bias high pass circuit capacitor C8 and resistor R10 and the amplifier circuit IC U8B resistors R4 and R9 and capacitor C7 The logarithmic compression circuit limits the amplitude of the negative spikes at high back pressure The bias high pass circuit blocks the slow pressure changes and biases the AC mains amplifier to 2 5 VDC 4 2 6 3 VOLTAGE REFERENCE CIRCUITRY The voltage reference circuitry consists of ICs U1 and U6 transistor Q1 diodes CR2 and CR5 resistors R17 through R20 R22 and R23 and capacitors C9 C11 and C12 R22 C11 and C12 filter VMOT R18 biases the reference U1 U6B buffers the 42 5 VDC REF The 42 5 VDC REF is boosted by Q1 UGA and associated components to generate the main 3 75 VDC reference 3V75REF CR2 limits 3V75REF to VDIG level to protect the MCU PWA micro controller U6 CR5 protects the base emitter junction of Q1 4 2 6 4 OPTO INTERRUPTER CIRCUITRY When PSENSEN is active transistors Q2 and Q3 drive all LEDs in ICs U2 U3 and U4 with a constant current of approximately 22 milliamperes mA Resistor R24 limits the current 4 2 6 5 EEPROM CIRCUITRY The EEPROM circuitry IC U5 communicates serially with the MCU U5 receives commands and data through pin 3 as TXD Stored data is transferred through pin 4 as EE_DO When EE_CS is active at pin 1 and EE_CLK pin 2 is in synchronization with TXD U5 is enabled 4 2 7 BUBBLE SENSOR PWA Th
228. stuck Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Front panel key stuck Replace key Section 7 2 7 2 Replace front enclosure assembly Section 7 2 6 45 5 BACKPRIME key stuck in ON position Switch S5 on display PWA shorted or stuck Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Front panel key stuck Replace key Section 7 2 7 2 Replace front enclosure assembly Section 7 2 6 45 6 SILENCE key stuck in ON position Switch S6 on display PWA shorted or stuck Replace display PWA Section 7 2 7 1 Front panel key stuck Replace key Section 7 2 7 2 Replace front enclosure assembly Section 7 2 6 59 1 Valve motor moving at the wrong time Position sensor failure Replace mechanism assembly Section 7 2 9 2 Motor drive circuit failure Replace MCU PWA Section 7 2 9 1 Technical Service Manual 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING Table 6 2 Error Codes Requiring Technical Service Malfunction Description Possible Cause Corrective Action 60 1 Plunger motor position Position sensor failure Replace mechanism flag stuck high during assembly re synchronization Section 7 2 9 2 Plunger motor not moving Check connection at J7 on MCU PWA If condition recurs contact Hospira 60 2 Plunger motor position Position sensor failure Replace mechanism signal is continuous
229. t 6 a4 N 103 9 RI C8 C22 E 2 i 5 1 12 R2 RH 3 c7 Lo L 1000 _ 1 07 3904 9 5 1 10W I vco LO 1UF 50 T 50V MMBT 3904 UP_VALVE 5 1 0 50V 10 10 2 5 INH 200 T US_VALVE 13 1 104 2 10 16 6 8 DIS RIR ENX RTPA 12 15 EE amp TP27 7 _ TP18 856 5 4 R R6 OPEN 52 10 24 9K 0805 1 1 1 10W 1 10W 71 CONN 012P FM D 2 RIS 1 06 2 lt RI2 3 01K 2 R21 MMBT3906 1 2 OK R24 3 5 1 10W 5 3 01K 5V 3 1 C4 1 02 1 10W MMBT3904 2 1 0 1UF 1 2 IM 50V Ni i ED TP20 TP24 ei 25 10 11 0 0 1UF 0 01UF 0 1UF m 0 O1UF 50V SEE 50V RIG R18 50V 2 50V ei R25 R29 10 1 2 10 L27 0PF lt 2 00K 200 10 2 10 L 27 2 00K 200 0 507 1 1 0 50 1 5 1 104 1 10W 5 1 10W 1 10W CRI CR2 _ c5 C13 144148 144148 NI 0 68 Vo 1 11 75V 75V PROXIMAL 0 1UF 0 1UF 50V 50V NV 10 NV 10 DISTRL Technical Service Manual LOCRTIN
230. t CONNECTION TO EMI SHIELD BOX CRIS 3 n MUR81D SHEET2 L N5252B B i HERTSINK 2uv T2 e al Soe N 1N5242B Cu x 5 12 i PRI CLRMP gt SEC Fee SSS gt e 7 9 o 1 CONNECTION TO QL HEATSINK 4 220 25V odo 6 u 7 R3 rM 1 R75 D SHEET2 15 A apo 5 57 1 44 CR16 ET 1000 1988 1088 E CARBO 25 25V 25 C39 on c34 c9 A Ju INULUS R76 2 ep 9 1 T RG 1000 Q1 i Ss S or 2808 Ces 470 SZ T 188v RAWGND 8 CRRBON 3 1 257 1 44 5 i Ue NC 13 INC 10K 1 O G o gt SHEET2 1 1 34129 BB SHEET i 2108 Ru 18 leRR RAMP 3 9 _ 475 m 30 9 11 ERROUT Wn 188 R61 4 3 vem ee UN3S i ust 4 5 RT cT css 12 mm c19 La C11 C5 c7 ik mle L C6 R9 Toit Ter T p n R72 Lo ASY 8 1 7 57 8 01 8 22 8 22 3 ew u T 2 e e S R23 _ SHEET2 y CR10 CAN INS2U2B i 12v I NOTES 1 UNLESS OTHERNISE SPECIFIED ALL R S IN OHMS MF 1 ew HOSPIRA INC ALL C S IN uF 20 SOV Figure 9 26 Power Supply PWA Schematic 2 J26 PINS AND 4 ARE SHORTED RCM MR RT BATTERY S CONNECTOR WHEN USING PANASONIC BATTERY DRAWING NO Rev H i
231. tary 0 ROTO ROTI and ROT2 at ICs U9B U7B and U7A are sent to the MCU PWA as three bit code representing the control knob position The S7 reed switch output SPSTIN is transferred to the power supply PWA If more or less than one Hall effect sensor position signal is active ROTO ROT1 and ROT2 become active simultaneously to signify a failure If the control knob is set to the OFF CHARGE position SESTIN is enabled 4 2 5 9 CONTROL KNOB CIRCUITRY XLM The control knob circuitry consists of transistor Q5 rotary switch Hall effect sensors 011 through 015 reed switch 57 ICs U4 U5 U7 and U8 and associated passive components The control knob circuitry senses the control knob position and sends the position code to the MCU PWA The HSENSEN signal when active switches transistor Q5 on and allows the output of rotary switch Hall effect sensors U11 through U15 to be gated through ICs U4 U5 U7 and U8 Resultant output conditions of rotary O ROTO ROT1 and ROT2 at ICs U7A U7B and U7D are sent to the MCU PWA as a three bit code representing the control knob position The S7 reed switch output SPSTIN is transferred to the power supply PWA If more or less than one Hall effect sensor position signal is active ROTO ROTI and ROT2 become active simultaneously to signify a failure If the control knob is set to the OFF CHARGE position SESTIN is enabled 4 2 6 SENSOR PWA The sensor PWA consists of the following circuitry pressur
232. te Defective cassette Replace cassette Dirty sensor pin Clean sensor pin Defective sensor PWA Replace mechanism assembly 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 Plum XL Series 6 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Table 6 6 PVT Troubleshooting Test Failures Delivery accuracy test Section 5 2 14 Possible Causes Set not properly primed Corrective Actions Reprime set Damaged or faulty set Prime using new set Defective mechanism assembly Replace mechanism assembly Empty container air in line alarm test Section 5 2 15 Defective special cassette Replace special cassette Dirty bubble sensors Clean bubble sensors Defective bubble sensor PWA Replace mechanism assembly Defective sensor PWA Replace mechanism assembly Electrical safety test Section 5 2 16 Insufficient ground connection Attach lead to T point screw on rear of infusion system Defective AC mains cordset Replace AC mains cordset Defective power supply PWA Replace power supply PWA Battery charger current test optional Section 5 4 1 Blown fuse Replace fuse Defective AC mains cordset Replace AC mains cordset Defective power supply PWA Replace power supply PWA DataPort connection ground continuity test optional Section 5 5 Technical Service Manual Insufficient ground connection from DataPort connector to ground screw Attach g
233. te the total infusion system run time in tens of hours and the small digits indicate the battery run time in tens of hours For example if the large digits indicate 245 and the small digits indicate 79 the infusion system has been operated for a total of 2 450 hours and has also been operated on battery for 790 of those 2 450 hours When replacing the battery it may be desirable to clear the battery run time To clear the battery run time simultaneously press and hold the PRI SEC key and the BACKPRIME key for four seconds The small digits flash and an audible tone sounds four times at a once per second rate After four seconds the battery run time is cleared The total infusion system time cannot be cleared 6 2 3 4 PARAMETER PROGRAMMING XLM WITH DATAPORT When the infusion system is in service mode and the control knob is set to HOLD RESET three sub modes can be viewed and changed Each of these three sub modes are used to change the value of an operational parameter of the infusion system as shown in Table 6 4 Sub Modes of Parameter Programming The first sub mode communication selection is the default sub mode of parameter programming Subsequently pressing the BACKPRIME key will change it to the second sub mode soft ID the third sub mode channel label then to the first sub mode Within a sub mode the small digits indicate its index while the large digits indicate the current value of the parameter to be viewed and progr
234. test refer to Figure 5 3 Plum XL LCD Test Screens and Figure 5 4 Plum XLM LCD Test Screens then proceed as follows 1 Connect the infusion system AC mains power cord to a grounded AC mains outlet and confirm the AC mains power icon next to the OFF CHARGE setting illuminates 2 Open the door assembly cassette door by lifting up on the cassette door handle 3 Hold a primed cassette by its handle and insert the cassette into the cassette door guides Do not force the cassette into position 4 Close the cassette door handle to lock the cassette in place 5 Turn the control knob to SET RATE to initiate the self test 6 Verify the following screens display the LCD test screen four backward Cs approximately two seconds set rate screen Note Ifthe LCD test screen does not match Figure 5 3 or Figure 5 4 exactly contact Hospira Note Ifan alarm condition occurs during the self test turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE and repeat Step 5 and Step 6 If the alarm condition recurs the message and take corrective action see Section 6 Troubleshooting Repeat the self test If the alarm condition recurs remove the infusion system from service and contact Hospira 7 Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power and confirm BATTERY displays on the LCD screen 8 Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE and remove the administration set 9 Toallow the battery to charge fully connect the infusion system to AC mains
235. the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the buzzer PWA refer to Figure 7 15 Buzzer PWA then proceed as follows 1 Remove the power supply PWA as described in Section 7 2 8 2 2 Remove the EMI shield 3 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the four slotted hex head screws securing the buzzer PWA to the rear enclosure assembly 4 Inspect the MCU Buzzer cable for damage and replace if necessary Remove the buzzer PWA from the rear enclosure assembly 6 Inspect the audible gasket and the lockout gasket and replace if necessary see Figure 7 15 7 Install the replacement buzzer PWA 8 Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly To verify successful buzzer PWA replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 Technical Service Manual 7 31 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS REAR ENCLOSURE BUZZER LOCKOUT PWA GASKET 6 32 x 3 8 HEX HEAD Q P SCREW 4 S s MCU BUZZER CABLE ASSEMBLY 04K01038 Figure 7 15 Buzzer PWA 7 2 9 MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY COMPONENT REPLACEMENT Main chassis assembly component replacement includes the replacement of the following MCU PWA and sensor MCU cable assembly Mechanism assembly Cassette door and mechanism shield Opener handle assembly Note The MCU PWA is not supplied with the main chassis assembly however the MCU PWA is located i
236. the UART at any point in its operation The status information includes the type of transfer operation in progress the status of the operation and any error conditions encountered The UART includes a programmable on board baud rate generator which is capable of dividing a reference clock input by divisors from 1 to 216 1 and producing a 16 x clock to drive the internal transmitter logic Provisions are also included to use this 16 x clock to drive the receiver logic In the Plum XLM with DataPort infusion system data is transmitted and received at 1 200 bits per second The 16 x clock is running at 19 200 Hz 16 x 1 200 Technical Service Manual 4 9 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION The UART includes a complete modem control capacity and a processor interrupt system that is software adjustable to user requirements to minimize the computing required to handle the communication link The software of the Plum XLM with DataPort infusion system programs the UART not to use its modem control capacity but to interrupt the MCU when a byte of data is received from or transmitted to the host computer Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing 4 2 3 9 NURSE CALL ALARM XLM WITH DATAPORT NURSE CALL During an alarm an isolated contact closure is made by U22 a solid state FET relay The BUZZER signal from the microprocessor is filtered to maintain the contact closure between short beeps by the diode and RC network
237. tion opens the secondary valve while the primary valve remains closed The primary secondary valve subsystem consists of a stepper motor with attached cam and integral cam flag primary and secondary rockers and valve pins and a pin detector assembly The cam flag passes through an interrupter module as it rotates with the cam Valve home position is determined by this cam flag interrupter module combination through predetermined factory calibration data During operation if the cam flag passes through the interrupter module at the incorrect time sequence a motor phase loss is detected The rocker is the connecting link between the cam and the valve pin The primary secondary valve pins each have a series of interrupters that are optically detected by the pin detector assembly to assure proper valve pin movement Technical Service Manual 4 19 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION PRIMARY VALVE SECONDARY VALVE PIGGY BACK REGULATOR ACTUATOR AIR IN LINE SENSOR AIR IN LINE SENSOR PROXIMAL DISTAL PRESSURE SENSOR CASSETTE LOCATOR OUTLET VALVE INLET VALVE 04K01003 Figure 4 3 Mechanism Valve Pins and Sensor Locations 4 3 2 3 INLET OUTLET VALVE SUBSYSTEM The inlet outlet valve subsystem is similar in function and build to the primary secondary valve subsystem but it does not contain a series of interrupters or a pin detection assembly Refer to Section 4 3 2 2 Primary Secondary Valve
238. ul control knob knob detent washer and snap retainer replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 7 274 FRONT PANEL LABEL REPLACEMENT Recommended tools and materials for this procedure are an X acto knife long needle nose pliers and mild solvent The replacement part for this procedure is Label Front Panel To replace the front panel label refer to Figure 7 4 then proceed as follows Turn the control knob to OFF CHARGE Disconnect the infusion system from AC mains power Using an X acto knife remove the front panel label from the front panel enclosure Usinga mild solvent remove adhesive residue from the front panel assembly recess QI N Remove the adhesive backing from the replacement front panel label and press the label into place on the front enclosure assembly Replacement of the front panel label is a routine maintenance procedure and no verification procedure is normally required However if the infusion system may have been damaged during this procedure perform the PVT in Section 5 2 7 2 8 REAR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY COMPONENT REPLACEMENT Rear enclosure assembly component replacement includes the replacement of the following Fuses Power supply PWA Velcro retainer strap AC mains power cord and strain relief bushing AC mains power cord International AC receptacle EMI shield and equipotential post LifeCare AC receptacle bracket gasket seal and equipotential post
239. x 6mm Washer Lock Washer Flat Washer Flat 1 4 inch CAUTION Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an ESD protected workstation Store the PWA in an antistatic bag before placing it on any surface To replace the AC connection receptacle and equipotential post refer to Figure 7 10 then proceed as follows 1 8 Separate the front enclosure assembly and rear enclosure assembly as described in Section 7 2 5 Remove the power supply PWA as described in Section 7 2 8 2 Remove the hex nut and two washers holding the EMI shield to the equipotential post Replace the EMI shield if necessary Remove the hex nut three washers and three ground wires then the remaining hex nut and washers from the equipotential post see Figure 7 10 Remove the equipotential post and replace if necessary Remove the AC receptacle by pulling it through the rear enclosure Install a replacement if necessary Reassemble the device in the exact reverse order of disassembly Note XLM with DataPort When joining the front and rear enclosures do not pinch the DataPort MCU cable between the two enclosures Connect the infusion system to AC mains power To verify sucessful AC receptacle EMI shield and equipotential post replacement perform the PVT in Section 5 2 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 22 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES AC CONNECTIO
240. y Replacement 1 of 3 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 42 Plum XL Series 7 2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES HANDLE DOOR PIVOT RETAINER SPRING MECHANISM ASSEMBLY bio 04 01018 Figure 7 24 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 2 of 3 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY OPENER HANDLE ASSEMBLY DOOR ASSEMBLY Figure 7 25 Opener Handle Assembly Replacement 3 of 3 04K01019 Technical Service Manual 7 43 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS AND REPAIRS This page intentionally left blank 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 7 44 Plum XL Series 8 SPECIFICATIONS This section contains specifications for the 115 VAC Plum XL and 220 VAC LifeCare XL infusion systems 8 1 PLUM XL AND XLM TI5V PHYSICAL Dimensions Weight Casing ELECTRICAL Power Requirements Power Cord Fuses Battery Battery Operation XL XLM Battery Operation XLM with DataPort Recharge Technical Service Manual The following specifications apply to the Plum XL infusion system only Approximately 8 25H x 7 5W x 8 75D inches including pole clamp Approximately 7 75 Ibs with battery High impact plastic 100 130 VAC 50 to 60 Hz less than 35 W Hospital grade AC mains cord 10 feet long with transparent plug 0 5 A 250 V slo blo Sealed lead acid rechargeable 8 V battery internal to in
241. y of operation details the infusion system general description electronics overview for both 115 VAC and 220 VAC systems and mechanical overview of the system 4 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The infusion system includes the following features DL D D Volume to be infused VTBI setting Safeguards to protect against overdelivery Motor speed is continuously monitored Firmware senses malfunctions that could result in gravity flow Volume infused accumulation displays for primary and secondary solutions Flow rate selection from 1 to 999 mL hr in 1 mL increments XL Flow rate selection from 0 to 99 9 mL in 0 1 mL hr increments and 100 to 999 mL hr in 1 mL increments XLM Battery operation Self test Simple setup one hand cassette loading Automatic memory retention of all previous therapy settings and fluid delivery data until cleared by user Alarms include the following OCCLUSION AIR IN LINE TURN TO RUN LOW BATTERY DOOR CASSETTE XL DOOR XLM CASSETTE XLM SET RATE CHECK SETTINGS VTBI COMPLETE Two level adjustable alarm volume Remote monitoring with DataPort XLM with DataPort Nurse call alarm XLM with DataPort Nurse Call Technical Service Manual 4 1 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION Note Do not connect DataPort when infusing Note Nurse call alarm is not available in IEC compliant infuser 2
242. y residue from the entire rear surface of the buzzer 4 Reassemble the pump in the exact reverse order of disassembly and perform the PVT in Section 5 2 04K01046 Figure 5 1 Cleaning the Buzzer Technical Service Manual 5 8 430 00587 008 Rev 2 05 SECTION 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE TESTS 5 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST The Perfomance Verification Test PVT consists of the tests described in the following sections The PVT can be used for diagnostic purposes during the troubleshooting of a malfunctioning infusion system The PVT should be used for performance verification before an infusion pump is placed back in service after repair If any malfunction is detected as a result of the PVT refer to Table 6 6 PVT Troubleshooting Note PVT must be performed exactly as described in this manual to assure effective and reliable product evaluation information 5 2 1 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED The PVT requires the following equipment or equivalents L D D D D D D DO D D oO E E DC L Graduated cylinder 25 mL with 0 2 mL graduations Type Sterile water or tap water in two IV bags containers Digital pressure meter Fluke Biomedical DPM3 Safety analyzer Fluke Biomedical 232D Three way stopcock latex free List No 03233 01 or 03232 01 Reflux valve optional Six inch tubing extension List No 42362 01 optional Special cassette with proximal bubble sensor tips removed Special cassette with dista

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Hospira Plum XL Service Manual EPS 00587 008 hospira plum 360 service manual hospira infusion pump plum 360

Related Contents

v ' 5.6" TFT LCD MONITOR ' User's Manual} I '  20”eP尺。  EZ Test Tracker User Manual  Guide de la congélation des fruits  Nokia E63 Bedienungsanleitung  5 Dosieren - Henkel  MANUEL D’INSTRUCTIONS  Istruzioni per l`uso - Harman/Becker Automotive Systems GmbH  Owner`s Manual  StarTech.com 2m External Mini SAS Cable - Serial Attached SCSI SFF-8088 to SFF-8088  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file